RELEASE_NOTES revision 203004
1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1963 2009/12/23 04:43:46 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30 10 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters 11 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate 12 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired 13 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail. 14 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow 15 could occur which might result in bogus characters 16 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of 17 Pepperdine University. 18 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al., 19 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland. 20 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return 21 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to 22 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers 23 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve 24 Hubert of University of Washington. 25 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly 26 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems 27 to be happening on some Linux versions). 28 The process title was missing the current load average when 29 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA. 30 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven. 31 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if 32 only some of them are processed. 33 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies 34 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo 35 of Sun Microsystems. 36 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it 37 would not be initialized for use in the client either. 38 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ. 39 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the 40 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations 41 because the prime used by the server is not long enough. 42 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for 43 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow 44 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters 45 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from 46 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology. 47 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little 48 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from 49 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 50 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait. 51 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD. 52 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer 53 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session 54 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks. 55 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to 56 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch 57 from Martin Poole of RedHat. 58 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would 59 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed. 60 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it 61 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner 62 Myers of Proofpoint. 63 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db') 64 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too. 65 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw. 66 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence 67 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause 68 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments 69 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the 70 University of Helsinki. 71 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application 72 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as 73 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic 74 libraries). 75 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist() 76 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes. 77 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters 78 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin 79 Pineau. 80 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be 81 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from 82 John Nemeth. 83 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is 84 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with 85 OpenLDAP proxy servers. 86 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope. 87 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport. 88 Portability: 89 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from 90 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 91 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions. 92 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 93 948.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03 95 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map 96 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken 97 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub 98 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus 99 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not. 100 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was 101 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by 102 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same 103 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz 104 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes. 105 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch 106 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD. 107 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem 108 noted by Beth Halsema. 109 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS 110 was activated. This may cause problems if that value 111 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner. 112 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset 113 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege. 114 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate() 115 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of 116 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine 117 whether libmilter contains this fix. 118 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when 119 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD. 120 Portability: 121 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5). 122 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from 123 Chris Behrens of Concentric. 124 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber. 125 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash. 126 Added Files: 127 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x 128 devtools/OS/OSR.i386 129 1308.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01 131 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in 132 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be 133 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue 134 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem 135 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 136 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which 137 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter 138 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding 139 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner 140 Myers of Proofpoint. 141 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not 142 work in earlier 8.14 versions. 143 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to 144 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient. 145 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete 146 recipients. 147 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as 148 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from 149 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 150 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are 151 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested. 152 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup 153 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for 154 the query (not also those in the "additional section".) 155 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server) 156 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and 157 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously 158 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch 159 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation. 160 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires 161 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself. 162 Problem noted by Eliot Lear. 163 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is 164 compiled in but not offered by the server and the 165 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege. 166 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the 167 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This 168 should help "failover" configurations that specify more 169 than one LDAP server. 170 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could 171 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring 172 a system which does not have the compile time flag 173 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura 174 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan. 175 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the 176 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by 177 Petra Humann of TU Dresden. 178 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not 179 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori 180 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan. 181 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao. 182 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when 183 replacing files. 184 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when 185 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory. 186 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where 187 appropriate. 188 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled 189 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an 190 8.14 libmilter.so shared library. 191 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel 192 from the version number, however, the returned value was 193 correct for the current libmilter version. 194 1958.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03 196 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep 197 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the 198 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced 199 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug 200 found by Andy Fiddaman. 201 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character 202 could not be set in 8.14.0. 203 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS 204 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message 205 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by 206 Werner Wiethege. 207 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq. 208 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of 209 Science and Mathematics. 210 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce. 211 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition 212 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE 213 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and 214 SharedMemoryKeyFile. 215 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4 216 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data. 217 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary. 218 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College. 219 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the 220 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman. 221 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option 222 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales. 223 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation. 224 Patches from Bryan Costales. 225 PORTABILITY FIXES: 226 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to 227 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR. 228 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob 229 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 230 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX 231 Software Systems. 232 New Files: 233 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4 234 devtools/OS/QNX.6.x 235 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h 236 237 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry: 238 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html 239 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html 240 2418.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31 242 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes: 243 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit. 244 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in 245 headers. 246 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any 247 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to 248 exactly one space. 249 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can 250 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion 251 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter 252 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of 253 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from 254 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 255 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then 256 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the 257 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set 258 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback. 259 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating. 260 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon. 261 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command. 262 Patch from Nik Clayton. 263 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of 264 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing. 265 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually 266 per daemon socket: 267 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode 268 refuseLA RefuseLA 269 delayLA DelayLA 270 queueLA QueueLA 271 children MaxDaemonChildren 272 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the 273 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the 274 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based 275 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth. 276 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch 277 from Nik Clayton. 278 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check 279 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do 280 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk 281 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 282 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause 283 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message 284 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver 285 et.al., patch from Matej Vela. 286 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine 287 readable" status. 288 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end 289 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message. 290 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address 291 is a header address it also distinguishes between 292 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for 293 envelope addresses). 294 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible 295 by all transactions in the same SMTP session. 296 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY). 297 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the 298 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will 299 slow down responding. 300 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is 301 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory 302 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying 303 a file where to store the selected key. 304 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam 305 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command 306 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the 307 connection is terminated immediately. 308 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting 309 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual 310 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless. 311 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps: 312 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries. 313 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of 314 a query if it is too long. 315 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated 316 to form the result of a lookup. 317 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests 318 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly 319 started by using "make check". 320 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been 321 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by 322 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University. 323 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for 324 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll. 325 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a 326 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not 327 intended. 328 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number. 329 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 330 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle 331 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux), 332 which may improve the communication performance on some 333 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of 334 Proofpoint. 335 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF 336 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously 337 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last 338 line. 339 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to 340 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now. 341 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with 342 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations. 343 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 344 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to 345 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem 346 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 347 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL 348 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH 349 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both 350 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2. 351 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by 352 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile, 353 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on 354 each delivery. 355 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP 356 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS. 357 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University 358 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 359 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP 360 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either 361 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server 362 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil 363 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of 364 Sun Microsystems. 365 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses 366 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record. 367 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner. 368 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override 369 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers. 370 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db') 371 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form 372 To:user@example.com RELAY 373 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of 374 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the 375 SMTP dialogue. 376 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name 377 for the HELO/EHLO command. 378 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine 379 messages by using those values as second argument. 380 Patches from Nelson Fung. 381 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and 382 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or 383 preceeded by a backslash. 384 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates 385 directories, then it used for "make install" to create 386 the required installation directories. 387 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for 388 executables (defaults to confCC). 389 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that 390 has several changes which are listed below and documented 391 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html. 392 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been 393 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter, 394 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally, 395 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally, 396 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such 397 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also 398 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used. 399 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to 400 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available 401 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to 402 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows 403 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the 404 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure. 405 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters 406 can act on the DATA command. 407 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters 408 can receive also unknown SMTP commands. 409 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which 410 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the 411 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action. 412 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the 413 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks 414 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This 415 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the 416 body chunks it already received without reading the entire 417 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions 418 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback. 419 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add 420 new recipients including ESMTP parameters. 421 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the 422 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters. 423 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected 424 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol 425 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether 426 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the 427 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error". 428 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it 429 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step 430 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option 431 negotiation. 432 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all 433 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC 434 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA 435 does not add a leading space to headers that are added, 436 inserted, or replaced. 437 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO 438 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session 439 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks. 440 New Files: 441 cf/feature/badmx.m4 442 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4 443 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4 444 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4 445 include/sm/misc.h 446 include/sm/sendmail.h 447 include/sm/tailq.h 448 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html 449 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html 450 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html 451 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html 452 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html 453 libmilter/example.c 454 libmilter/monitor.c 455 libmilter/worker.c 456 libsm/memstat.c 457 libsm/t-memstat.c 458 libsm/t-qic.c 459 libsm/util.c 460 sendmail/daemon.h 461 sendmail/map.h 462 4638.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09 464 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then 465 the server can erroneously report that there is 466 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that 467 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those 468 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert 469 of University of Washington. 470 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after 471 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if 472 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki 473 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege. 474 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from 475 David F. Skoll. 476 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable. 477 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit. 478 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4 479 range (0..255). 480 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback 481 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However, 482 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence 483 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.* 484 about these macros. 485 4868.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14 487 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to 488 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow, 489 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This 490 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7() 491 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to 492 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength. 493 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to 494 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this 495 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further. 496 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness. 497 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for 498 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g., 499 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli. 500 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase) 501 a df file might have been left behind in the queue. 502 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O 503 layer made in 8.13.6. 504 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a 505 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD 506 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/ 507 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives", 508 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen. 509 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments 510 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those. 511 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases 512 to avoid those false positives. 513 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration 514 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid 515 files were not removed. 516 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP 517 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem 518 reported by Akihiro Sagawa. 519 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding 520 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against 521 either of these versions and compression is available, 522 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on 523 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley. 524 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used 525 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups, 526 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid 527 further problems, no default value is available anymore, 528 but an argument must be specified. 529 Portability: 530 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from 531 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah. 532 5338.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22 534 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server 535 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O 536 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of 537 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an 538 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of 539 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals. 540 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force. 541 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if 542 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum 543 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default 544 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on 545 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching 546 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS. 547 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start 548 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do 549 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found 550 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 551 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response 552 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised 553 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC 554 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead 555 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a 556 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff 557 A. Earickson of Colby College. 558 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John 559 Myers of Proofpoint. 560 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue 561 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are 562 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman. 563 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to 564 resume a stored TLS session. 565 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that 566 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded. 567 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak. 568 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition 569 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of 570 Sun Microsystems. 571 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets. 572 This generates an error message from libmilter on 573 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the 574 request silently. 575 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return 576 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code 577 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations 578 Services. 579 Portability: 580 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2) 581 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from 582 Andrew Brown. 583 5848.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16 585 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it 586 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base 587 directory. This structure is used decide whether there 588 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence 589 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/ 590 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem 591 than the base directory. 592 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for 593 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split 594 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by 595 Werner Wiethege. 596 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum 597 number of items to process, sort the queue first and 598 then cut the list off instead of the other way around. 599 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 600 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by 601 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 602 University. 603 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors. 604 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 605 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat 606 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem 607 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 608 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their 609 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein. 610 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands. 611 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals 612 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from 613 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 614 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate 615 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor. 616 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS 617 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid 618 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the 619 source code. 620 Add support for AIX 5.3. 621 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11). 622 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 623 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO. 624 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X. 625 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and 626 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin). 627 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 628 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which 629 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some 630 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error. 631 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 632 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match 633 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted 634 by Mike Pechkin. 635 New Files: 636 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4 637 devtools/OS/AIX.5.3 638 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x 639 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11 640 include/sm/time.h 641 6428.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27 643 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a 644 different error which could result in connections that 645 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not 646 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims. 647 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead 648 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another 649 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and 650 tracked down by Gael Roualland. 651 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem 652 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind. 653 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the 654 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 655 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set 656 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes. 657 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared 658 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting 659 and bounce generation. 660 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings 661 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered 662 for header checks where long strings are legitimate. 663 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked 664 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 665 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from 666 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England. 667 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by 668 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip. 669 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of 670 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only 671 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found. 672 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication 673 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch 674 by Joe Maimon. 675 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but 676 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based 677 on patch by Brian Kantor. 678 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only 679 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might 680 be dropped after an AUTH failure. 681 Portability: 682 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use 683 "long long" to read load average data, e.g., 684 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set 685 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected. 686 Problem noted by Burak Bilen. 687 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should 688 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode. 689 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of 690 University of Bremen. 691 New Files: 692 include/sm/sem.h 693 libsm/sem.c 694 libsm/t-sem.c 695 6968.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 697 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 698 is active. 699 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 700 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 701 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 702 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 703 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 704 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 705 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 706 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 707 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 708 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 709 7108.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 711 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 712 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 713 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 714 Simple Nomad of BindView. 715 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 716 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 717 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 718 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 719 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 720 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 721 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 722 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 723 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 724 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 725 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 726 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 727 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 728 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 729 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 730 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 731 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 732 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 733 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 734 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 735 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 736 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 737 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 738 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 739 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 740 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 741 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 742 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 743 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 744 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 745 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 746 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 747 noted by Nelson Fung. 748 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 749 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 750 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 751 by Nelson Fung. 752 Portability: 753 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 754 New Files: 755 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 756 devtools/OS/DragonFly 757 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 758 Deleted Files: 759 libsm/vsscanf.c 760 7618.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 762 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 763 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 764 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 765 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 766 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 767 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 768 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 769 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 770 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 771 by David Russell. 772 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 773 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 774 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 775 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 776 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 777 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 778 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 779 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 780 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 781 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 782 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 783 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 784 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 785 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 786 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 787 Bielefeld. 788 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 789 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 790 Portability: 791 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 792 noted by Geoff Adams. 793 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 794 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 795 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 796 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 797 incompatibilities with various *roff related 798 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 799 New Files: 800 doc/op/README 801 8028.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 803 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 804 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 805 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 806 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 807 University. 808 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 809 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 810 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 811 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 812 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 813 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 814 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 815 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 816 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 817 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 818 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 819 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 820 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 821 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 822 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 823 of cf/README for more information. 824 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 825 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 826 the LDAP library. 827 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 828 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 829 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 830 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 831 library supports it. 832 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 833 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 834 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 835 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 836 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 837 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 838 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 839 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 840 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 841 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 842 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 843 determines the length of the interval for which the 844 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 845 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 846 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 847 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 848 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 849 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 850 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 851 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 852 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 853 during that connection. 854 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 855 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 856 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 857 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 858 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 859 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 860 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 861 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 862 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 863 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 864 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 865 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 866 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 867 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 868 sendmail. 869 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 870 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 871 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 872 Mines de Paris. 873 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 874 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 875 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 876 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 877 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 878 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 879 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 880 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 881 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 882 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 883 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 884 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 885 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 886 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 887 by Sander Eerkes. 888 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 889 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 890 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 891 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 892 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 893 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 894 operates on lost queue items. 895 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 896 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 897 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 898 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 899 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 900 quarantine reason. 901 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 902 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 903 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 904 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 905 "QUARANTINE:". 906 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 907 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 908 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 909 be used for the quarantine reason. 910 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 911 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 912 message if it is quarantined. 913 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 914 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 915 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 916 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 917 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 918 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 919 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 920 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 921 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 922 recipients received so far in a transaction. 923 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 924 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 925 noted by Kai Schlichting. 926 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 927 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 928 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 929 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 930 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 931 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 932 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 933 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 934 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 935 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 936 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 937 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 938 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 939 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 940 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 941 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 942 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 943 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 944 of the University of Manitoba. 945 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 946 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 947 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 948 is active. 949 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 950 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 951 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 952 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 953 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 954 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 955 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 956 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 957 overwrite each other's pid files. 958 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 959 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 960 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 961 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 962 LogLevel 12 or higher. 963 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 964 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 965 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 966 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 967 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 968 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 969 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 970 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 971 of Sun Microsystems. 972 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 973 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 974 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 975 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 976 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 977 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 978 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 979 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 980 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 981 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 982 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 983 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 984 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 985 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 986 further information. 987 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 988 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 989 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 990 queue return and warning times for delivery status 991 notifications. 992 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 993 at all. 994 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 995 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 996 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 997 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 998 for DaemonPortOptions. 999 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 1000 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 1001 of Northern Illinois University. 1002 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 1003 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 1004 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 1005 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 1006 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1007 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 1008 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1009 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 1010 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1011 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 1012 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 1013 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1014 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 1015 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 1016 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 1017 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 1018 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 1019 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 1020 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 1021 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 1022 HOSTALIASES. 1023 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 1024 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 1025 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 1026 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 1027 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 1028 Oleg Bulyzhin. 1029 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 1030 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 1031 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 1032 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 1033 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 1034 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 1035 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 1036 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 1037 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 1038 Portability: 1039 Two new compile options have been added: 1040 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 1041 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 1042 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1043 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 1044 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 1045 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 1046 programs to match locking techniques. 1047 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 1048 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 1049 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 1050 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 1051 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 1052 Center for Scientific Computing. 1053 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1054 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1055 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 1056 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 1057 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 1058 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 1059 from Mark Funkenhauser. 1060 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 1061 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 1062 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 1063 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 1064 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 1065 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 1066 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 1067 of Northern Illinois University. 1068 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 1069 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 1070 the message using the given reason. 1071 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 1072 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 1073 DNS records than just A. 1074 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 1075 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 1076 connections is maintained. 1077 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 1078 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 1079 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 1080 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 1081 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 1082 slamming protection described above. The feature can 1083 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 1084 use the access database to look the pause time based on 1085 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 1086 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 1087 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 1088 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 1089 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 1090 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 1091 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 1092 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 1093 interval when refusing connections for this long. 1094 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 1095 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 1096 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 1097 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 1098 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 1099 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1100 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 1101 to follow the naming conventions. 1102 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 1103 the A= argument. 1104 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 1105 local_lmtp. 1106 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 1107 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 1108 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 1109 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 1110 its rules. 1111 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 1112 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 1113 status notifications. 1114 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 1115 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 1116 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 1117 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 1118 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 1119 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 1120 doc/op/op.me. 1121 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 1122 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 1123 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 1124 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 1125 certificate revocations lists. 1126 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 1127 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 1128 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 1129 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 1130 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1131 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 1132 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 1133 for more information. 1134 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1135 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 1136 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 1137 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 1138 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 1139 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 1140 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 1141 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 1142 of LifeLine Networks. 1143 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 1144 Derek J. Balling. 1145 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 1146 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 1147 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 1148 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1149 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 1150 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 1151 Filters which use this function must include the 1152 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 1153 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 1154 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 1155 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 1156 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 1157 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 1158 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 1159 resetting the timeout. 1160 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 1161 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 1162 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 1163 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 1164 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 1165 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 1166 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 1167 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 1168 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 1169 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 1170 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 1171 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 1172 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 1173 from Bryan Costales. 1174 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 1175 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 1176 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 1177 amendments to support header insertion operations. 1178 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 1179 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1180 Informations Services. 1181 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 1182 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 1183 instead of '#'. 1184 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 1185 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 1186 headers. 1187 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 1188 for the auto-response message. 1189 New Files: 1190 CACerts 1191 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 1192 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 1193 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 1194 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 1195 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 1196 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 1197 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 1198 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 1199 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 1200 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 1201 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1202 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 1203 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 1204 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 1205 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 1206 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 1207 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 1208 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 1209 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 1210 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 1211 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 1212 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 1213 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 1214 sendmail/ratectrl.c 1215 Deleted Files: 1216 cf/feature/nodns.m4 1217 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 1218 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 1219 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 1220 libsm/vsprintf.c 1221 Renamed Files: 1222 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 1223 12248.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 1225 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 1226 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 1227 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 1228 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 1229 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 1230 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 1231 Techfirm, Inc. 1232 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 1233 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 1234 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1235 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 1236 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 1237 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 1238 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1239 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 1240 recipient address also against the printable addresses 1241 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 1242 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 1243 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 1244 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 1245 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1246 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 1247 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1248 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 1249 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 1250 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 1251 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 1252 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 1253 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 1254 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 1255 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 1256 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1257 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 1258 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 1259 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 1260 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 1261 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 1262 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 1263 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 1264 external application that accesses qf files. 1265 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 1266 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 1267 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 1268 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 1269 Breyha. 1270 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 1271 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 1272 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 1273 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 1274 environment. 1275 Portability: 1276 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1277 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 1278 Sun Microsystems. 1279 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 1280 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 1281 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 1282 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 1283 New Files: 1284 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1285 12868.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 1287 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 1288 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 1289 of Courtesan Consulting. 1290 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 1291 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 1292 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 1293 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 1294 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 1295 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 1296 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 1297 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 1298 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 1299 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1300 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 1301 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 1302 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 1303 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 1304 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 1305 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 1306 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 1307 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 1308 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 1309 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 1310 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 1311 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 1312 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 1313 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 1314 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 1315 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 1316 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 1317 to make sure they match. 1318 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 1319 in the kernel. 1320 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 1321 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 1322 Bart Duchesne. 1323 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 1324 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 1325 Craig Hunt. 1326 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 1327 from Jerome Borsboom. 1328 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 1329 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 1330 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 1331 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 1332 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 1333 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 1334 after the close() and before the truncate(). 1335 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 1336 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 1337 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 1338 Portability: 1339 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 1340 of Washington for providing access to a computer 1341 with AIX 5.2. 1342 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 1343 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1344 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 1345 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 1346 of Harker Systems. 1347 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 1348 your Linux distribution, compile with 1349 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 1350 Added Files: 1351 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 1352 13538.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 1354 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 1355 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 1356 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1357 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 1358 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 1359 includes DNS. 1360 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 1361 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 1362 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 1363 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 1364 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 1365 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 1366 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 1367 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 1368 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 1369 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 1370 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 1371 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 1372 by Derek Wueppelmann. 1373 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 1374 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 1375 College London. 1376 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 1377 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 1378 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 1379 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 1380 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1381 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 1382 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 1383 text file instead of the database map. 1384 Portability: 1385 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 1386 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 1387 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 1388 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 1389 13908.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 1391 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 1392 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 1393 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 1394 of ISS X-Force. 1395 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 1396 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 1397 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 1398 Stanford University Compilation Group. 1399 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 1400 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 1401 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 1402 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 1403 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 1404 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 1405 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 1406 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 1407 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 1408 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1409 14108.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 1411 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 1412 across various connections. This could cause session 1413 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 1414 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 1415 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 1416 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 1417 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 1418 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1419 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 1420 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 1421 Erik Parker. 1422 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 1423 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 1424 is used. 1425 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 1426 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1427 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 1428 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 1429 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 1430 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 1431 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1432 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 1433 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 1434 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 1435 of 11 or higher. 1436 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 1437 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 1438 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 1439 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 1440 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 1441 to be run even if Runners=0. 1442 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 1443 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 1444 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1445 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 1446 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 1447 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 1448 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1449 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 1450 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 1451 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 1452 by John Majikes of IBM. 1453 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 1454 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 1455 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 1456 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 1457 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1458 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 1459 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 1460 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 1461 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 1462 noted by Matthias Andree. 1463 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 1464 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1465 Portability: 1466 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 1467 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 1468 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 1469 an argument, hence the builtin version of 1470 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 1471 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 1472 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1473 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 1474 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1475 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 1476 of the TrustedBSD Project. 1477 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 1478 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 1479 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 1480 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 1481 Corporation. 1482 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 1483 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 1484 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 1485 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 1486 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 1487 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 1488 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 1489 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 1490 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 1491 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 1492 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 1493 in the file itself. 1494 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 1495 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 1496 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 1497 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1498 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 1499 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 1500 relay. 1501 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 1502 in access_db. 1503 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 1504 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 1505 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 1506 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 1507 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 1508 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 1509 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1510 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 1511 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 1512 Sun Microsystems. 1513 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 1514 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1515 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 1516 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 1517 iDEFENSE, Inc. 1518 New Files: 1519 devtools/OS/Interix 1520 include/sm/bdb.h 1521 15228.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 1523 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 1524 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 1525 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 1526 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 1527 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 1528 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 1529 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1530 Courtesan Consulting. 1531 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 1532 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 1533 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1534 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 1535 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1536 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1537 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 1538 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 1539 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 1540 Earickson of Colby College. 1541 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 1542 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 1543 Courtesan Consulting. 1544 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 1545 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 1546 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 1547 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 1548 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 1549 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 1550 execve(). 1551 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 1552 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 1553 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 1554 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 1555 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 1556 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 1557 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 1558 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1559 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 1560 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 1561 supposed for addresses on the header content. 1562 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 1563 Portability: 1564 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 1565 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 1566 fix from Scott Walters. 1567 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1568 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 1569 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1570 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 1571 NETISO support has been dropped. 1572 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 1573 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 1574 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 1575 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 1576 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 1577 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 1578 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 1579 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 1580 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 1581 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 1582 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 1583 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 1584 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 1585 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 1586 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 1587 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 1588 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1589 University. 1590 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 1591 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1592 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 1593 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1594 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 1595 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1596 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 1597 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1598 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1599 New Files: 1600 contrib/etrn.0 1601 16028.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 1603 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 1604 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 1605 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 1606 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 1607 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 1608 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 1609 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 1610 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 1611 with rogue DNS servers. 1612 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 1613 by Bryan Costales. 1614 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 1615 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 1616 Costales. 1617 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 1618 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 1619 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1620 Polytechnic Institute. 1621 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 1622 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 1623 Portability: 1624 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 1625 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 1626 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 1627 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 1628 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 1629 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 1630 8.13 will change the default locking method to 1631 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 1632 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 1633 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 1634 related programs to match locking techniques. 1635 16368.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 1637 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 1638 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 1639 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 1640 section of the top level README for more information. 1641 Problem noted by lumpy. 1642 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 1643 instead of 0644. 1644 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 1645 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1646 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1647 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1648 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1649 Purdue University. 1650 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 1651 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1652 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1653 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 1654 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 1655 of Active State. 1656 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 1657 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 1658 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1659 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 1660 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 1661 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 1662 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 1663 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 1664 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 1665 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 1666 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 1667 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1668 or the queue. 1669 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 1670 user who started sendmail. 1671 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 1672 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 1673 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 1674 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 1675 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 1676 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 1677 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 1678 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 1679 Portability: 1680 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 1681 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 1682 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 1683 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 1684 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 1685 Charles University in Prague. 1686 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1687 memory. 1688 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1689 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1690 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1691 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1692 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1693 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1694 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1695 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1696 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1697 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1698 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1699 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1700 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1701 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1702 noted by Bryan Costales. 1703 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1704 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1705 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1706 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1707 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1708 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1709 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1710 match dnsbl change. 1711 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1712 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1713 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1714 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1715 a user's filter starts other applications. 1716 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1717 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1718 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1719 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1720 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1721 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1722 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1723 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1724 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1725 noted by Bryan Costales. 1726 New Files: 1727 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1728 17298.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1730 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1731 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1732 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1733 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1734 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1735 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1736 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1737 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1738 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1739 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1740 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1741 University. 1742 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1743 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1744 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1745 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1746 of INTERMETA. 1747 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1748 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1749 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1750 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1751 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1752 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1753 ActiveState. 1754 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1755 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1756 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1757 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1758 Northern Illinois University. 1759 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1760 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1761 of Dinoex. 1762 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1763 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1764 Polytechnic Institute. 1765 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1766 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1767 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1768 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1769 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1770 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1771 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1772 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1773 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1774 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1775 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1776 missing arguments. 1777 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1778 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1779 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1780 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1781 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1782 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1783 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1784 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1785 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1786 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1787 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1788 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1789 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1790 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1791 of Concordia University. 1792 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1793 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1794 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1795 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1796 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1797 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1798 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1799 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1800 Elvers. 1801 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1802 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1803 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1804 total number of TCP connections. 1805 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1806 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1807 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1808 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1809 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1810 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1811 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1812 Texas. 1813 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1814 to 451. 1815 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1816 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1817 patch by Bryan Costales. 1818 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1819 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1820 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1821 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1822 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1823 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1824 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1825 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1826 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1827 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1828 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1829 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1830 command). 1831 Portability: 1832 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1833 available. 1834 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1835 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1836 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1837 Skyrr. 1838 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1839 noted by John Beck. 1840 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1841 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1842 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1843 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1844 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1845 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1846 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1847 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1848 error. 1849 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1850 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1851 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1852 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1853 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1854 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1855 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1856 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1857 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1858 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1859 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1860 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1861 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1862 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1863 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1864 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1865 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1866 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1867 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1868 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1869 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1870 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1871 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1872 noted by John Beck. 1873 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1874 if queue groups are used. 1875 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1876 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1877 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1878 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1879 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1880 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1881 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1882 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1883 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1884 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1885 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1886 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1887 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1888 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1889 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1890 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1891 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1892 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1893 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1894 ldap_memfree(). 1895 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1896 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1897 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1898 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1899 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1900 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1901 San Francisco. 1902 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1903 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1904 Joe Barbish. 1905 New Files: 1906 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1907 19088.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1909 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1910 at startup, only log an error message. 1911 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1912 following -b) has been specified. 1913 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1914 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1915 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1916 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1917 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1918 Regensburg. 1919 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1920 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1921 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1922 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1923 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1924 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1925 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1926 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1927 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1928 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1929 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1930 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1931 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1932 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1933 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1934 SMTP connections. 1935 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 1936 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 1937 and Technology. 1938 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 1939 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 1940 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1941 Meteorological Institute. 1942 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 1943 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 1944 Online. 1945 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 1946 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 1947 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 1948 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 1949 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 1950 types, respectively. 1951 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 1952 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 1953 of Virginia Tech. 1954 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 1955 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 1956 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1957 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 1958 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1959 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 1960 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 1961 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 1962 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 1963 of Vienna. 1964 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 1965 of Sun Microsystems. 1966 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 1967 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 1968 with servers that do not support realms when using 1969 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 1970 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 1971 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 1972 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1973 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 1974 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 1975 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 1976 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 1977 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 1978 instead of forcing localhost. 1979 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 1980 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 1981 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 1982 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1983 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 1984 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 1985 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 1986 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1987 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1988 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 1989 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 1990 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 1991 Compaq Computer Corp. 1992 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 1993 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 1994 Tech. 1995 Portability: 1996 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 1997 patch provided by HP. 1998 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 1999 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 2000 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 2001 Sachin of Siemens. 2002 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 2003 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 2004 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 2005 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 2006 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 2007 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 2008 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 2009 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 2010 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2011 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 2012 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 2013 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 2014 Hewlett-Packard. 2015 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 2016 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 2017 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2018 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 2019 Virginia Tech. 2020 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 2021 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 2022 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 2023 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2024 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 2025 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 2026 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 2027 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 2028 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2029 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 2030 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 2031 Florida. 2032 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 2033 Altin Waldmann. 2034 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 2035 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 2036 Hewlett-Packard. 2037 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 2038 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 2039 of MSFU. 2040 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 2041 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2042 Institute. 2043 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 2044 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 2045 to free memory twice. 2046 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 2047 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 2048 of Sun Microsystems. 2049 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 2050 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 2051 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 2052 University of Athens. 2053 New Files: 2054 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 2055 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 2056 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 2057 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 2058 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 2059 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 2060 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 2061 libsm/mpeix.c 2062 20638.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 2064 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 2065 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 2066 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 2067 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 2068 found by Michal Zalewski. 2069 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 2070 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 2071 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 2072 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 2073 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 2074 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2075 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 2076 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 2077 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 2078 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 2079 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 2080 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 2081 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 2082 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 2083 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 2084 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 2085 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 2086 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2087 canonical name for a host. 2088 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 2089 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 2090 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 2091 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 2092 Portability: 2093 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 2094 `uname` does not given complete information. 2095 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 2096 Aircraft Company. 2097 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 2098 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 2099 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 2100 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 2101 Courtesan Consulting. 2102 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 2103 problems with potential misconfigurations. 2104 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 2105 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 2106 Technology Organisation of Australia. 2107 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 2108 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 2109 then use it. 2110 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 2111 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 2112 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 2113 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2114 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2115 and vacation. 2116 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2117 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2118 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2119 New Files: 2120 test/Build 2121 test/Makefile 2122 test/Makefile.m4 2123 test/README 2124 test/t_dropgid.c 2125 test/t_setgid.c 2126 Deleted Files: 2127 include/sm/stdio.h 2128 include/sm/sysstat.h 2129 21308.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 2131 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 2132 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 2133 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 2134 default). The installation process tries to install 2135 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 2136 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 2137 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 2138 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 2139 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 2140 flags: 2141 GroupWritableForwardFile 2142 WorldWritableForwardFile 2143 GroupWritableIncludeFile 2144 WorldWritableIncludeFile 2145 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 2146 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 2147 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2148 (IdS). 2149 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 2150 point where the variable could become overused for more than 2151 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 2152 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 2153 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 2154 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 2155 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 2156 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 2157 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 2158 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 2159 see sendmail/SECURITY. 2160 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 2161 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2162 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 2163 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 2164 sendmail/SECURITY. 2165 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 2166 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 2167 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 2168 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 2169 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 2170 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 2171 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 2172 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 2173 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 2174 command has been removed. 2175 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 2176 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 2177 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 2178 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 2179 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 2180 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 2181 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 2182 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 2183 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 2184 supported. 2185 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 2186 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 2187 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 2188 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 2189 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 2190 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 2191 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 2192 creation rather than just before delivery. 2193 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 2194 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 2195 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 2196 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 2197 preference matches (coattail). 2198 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 2199 try other MX hosts if available. 2200 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 2201 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 2202 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 2203 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 2204 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2205 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 2206 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 2207 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 2208 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 2209 removed in future versions. 2210 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 2211 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 2212 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 2213 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 2214 doc/op/op.me for details. 2215 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 2216 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 2217 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 2218 of the presented certificate, respectively. 2219 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 2220 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 2221 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2222 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 2223 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 2224 enough on a per recipient basis. 2225 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 2226 for STARTTLS. 2227 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 2228 value "NOT". 2229 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 2230 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 2231 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 2232 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2233 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 2234 really required. This change results in a noticable 2235 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 2236 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 2237 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 2238 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2239 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 2240 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 2241 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 2242 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 2243 command line, then the value also limits the number of 2244 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 2245 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 2246 by a queue run. 2247 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 2248 system each queue directory resides in. 2249 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 2250 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 2251 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 2252 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 2253 collected together) to process the same work list at the 2254 same time. 2255 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 2256 active queue runner processes. 2257 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 2258 runners per queue group. 2259 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 2260 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 2261 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 2262 of the queue that match during processing. 2263 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 2264 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 2265 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 2266 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 2267 persistent queue runner. 2268 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 2269 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 2270 sendmail -q15m). 2271 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 2272 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2273 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 2274 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 2275 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 2276 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 2277 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 2278 of the qf file (older entries first). 2279 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 2280 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 2281 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 2282 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 2283 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 2284 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 2285 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 2286 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 2287 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 2288 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 2289 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 2290 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 2291 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 2292 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2293 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 2294 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 2295 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 2296 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 2297 details. 2298 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 2299 the number of entries in the queue(s). 2300 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 2301 and the usual documentation for details. 2302 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 2303 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 2304 announced in 8.10. 2305 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 2306 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 2307 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 2308 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2309 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 2310 -r (number of retries). 2311 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 2312 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 2313 and value separated by the given separator. 2314 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 2315 to map class arith. 2316 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 2317 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 2318 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 2319 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 2320 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 2321 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 2322 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 2323 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 2324 filenames with spaces). 2325 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 2326 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 2327 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 2328 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 2329 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 2330 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 2331 to the loopback net. 2332 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 2333 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 2334 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 2335 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 2336 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 2337 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 2338 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 2339 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 2340 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 2341 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 2342 Development Group. 2343 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 2344 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 2345 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 2346 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 2347 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 2348 load average is exceeded. 2349 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 2350 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 2351 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 2352 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 2353 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2354 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 2355 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 2356 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 2357 instead. 2358 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 2359 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 2360 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 2361 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 2362 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2363 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 2364 for direct (command line) submissions. 2365 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 2366 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 2367 Hagino of the KAME Project. 2368 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 2369 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 2370 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 2371 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 2372 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 2373 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 2374 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 2375 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 2376 before logging. 2377 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 2378 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 2379 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 2380 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 2381 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 2382 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 2383 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 2384 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 2385 of the Universitat Regensburg. 2386 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 2387 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 2388 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 2389 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 2390 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 2391 See libsm/index.html for details. 2392 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 2393 care of by fork() and exit(). 2394 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 2395 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 2396 new and old (from new libsm). 2397 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 2398 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 2399 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 2400 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 2401 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 2402 synchronizations calls. 2403 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 2404 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 2405 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 2406 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 2407 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 2408 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 2409 for details. 2410 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 2411 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 2412 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 2413 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2414 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 2415 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 2416 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2417 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 2418 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 2419 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 2420 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 2421 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 2422 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 2423 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 2424 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 2425 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 2426 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 2427 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2428 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 2429 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 2430 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 2431 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 2432 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 2433 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 2434 Urbana-Champaign. 2435 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 2436 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 2437 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 2438 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 2439 connections. 2440 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 2441 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 2442 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 2443 cf/README. 2444 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 2445 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 2446 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 2447 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 2448 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 2449 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 2450 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 2451 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 2452 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 2453 example). 2454 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 2455 the default schema used in the above two items. 2456 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 2457 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2458 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 2459 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 2460 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2461 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 2462 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 2463 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 2464 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 2465 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 2466 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 2467 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 2468 HELO/EHLO commands. 2469 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 2470 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 2471 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 2472 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 2473 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 2474 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 2475 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2476 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 2477 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 2478 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 2479 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 2480 (verbose) command line option. 2481 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 2482 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 2483 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 2484 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2485 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 2486 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 2487 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2488 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 2489 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 2490 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 2491 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 2492 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 2493 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 2494 British Columbia. 2495 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 2496 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 2497 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 2498 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2499 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 2500 if required. 2501 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 2502 class instead. 2503 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 2504 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 2505 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 2506 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 2507 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 2508 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 2509 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 2510 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 2511 Nelson of IBM. 2512 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 2513 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 2514 configurable during compile time. The current values and 2515 their defaults are: 2516 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 2517 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 2518 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 2519 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 2520 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 2521 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 2522 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2523 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 2524 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 2525 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 2526 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2527 Meteorological Institute. 2528 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 2529 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 2530 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 2531 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 2532 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 2533 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2534 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 2535 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 2536 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 2537 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 2538 See sendmail/README for further information. 2539 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 2540 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 2541 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 2542 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 2543 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 2544 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2545 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 2546 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 2547 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 2548 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 2549 flora.ca. 2550 Portability: 2551 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 2552 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 2553 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2554 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 2555 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 2556 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 2557 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 2558 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 2559 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2560 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 2561 Solaris 8 and later. 2562 Add support for OpenUNIX. 2563 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 2564 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 2565 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 2566 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 2567 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 2568 temporary lookup failures. 2569 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 2570 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 2571 or IP nets. 2572 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 2573 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 2574 to get through. 2575 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 2576 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 2577 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 2578 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 2579 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 2580 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 2581 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 2582 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 2583 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 2584 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 2585 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 2586 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2587 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 2588 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 2589 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 2590 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 2591 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 2592 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 2593 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 2594 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 2595 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 2596 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 2597 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 2598 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 2599 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2600 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 2601 cf/README for details. 2602 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 2603 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 2604 University of Maryland. 2605 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 2606 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 2607 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 2608 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 2609 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 2610 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 2611 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 2612 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 2613 Solving. 2614 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 2615 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 2616 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 2617 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 2618 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 2619 immediately. 2620 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 2621 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 2622 See cf/README for details. 2623 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 2624 temporary lookup failures. 2625 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 2626 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 2627 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 2628 memory use. 2629 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 2630 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 2631 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 2632 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 2633 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 2634 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 2635 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2636 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 2637 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2638 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 2639 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 2640 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 2641 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 2642 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 2643 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 2644 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 2645 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 2646 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 2647 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 2648 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 2649 additional details. 2650 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 2651 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 2652 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 2653 information. 2654 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 2655 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 2656 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 2657 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 2658 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 2659 recipients as user unknown. 2660 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 2661 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 2662 section of cf/README for more information. 2663 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 2664 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 2665 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 2666 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 2667 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2668 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2669 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 2670 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 2671 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 2672 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 2673 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 2674 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 2675 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 2676 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 2677 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 2678 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 2679 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 2680 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 2681 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 2682 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 2683 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 2684 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 2685 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 2686 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2687 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2688 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2689 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2690 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2691 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2692 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2693 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2694 doc/op/op.me for details. 2695 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2696 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2697 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2698 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2699 dequote map. 2700 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2701 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2702 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2703 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2704 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2705 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2706 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2707 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2708 This affects the access database as well as the 2709 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2710 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2711 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2712 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2713 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2714 Mississippi State University. 2715 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2716 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2717 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2718 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2719 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2720 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2721 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2722 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2723 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2724 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2725 systems which don't include cat directories. 2726 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2727 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2728 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2729 mailbox database type. 2730 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2731 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2732 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2733 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2734 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2735 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2736 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2737 instead of white space. 2738 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2739 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2740 Meteorological Institute. 2741 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2742 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2743 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2744 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2745 instead of syslog. 2746 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2747 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2748 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2749 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2750 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2751 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2752 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2753 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2754 New Directories: 2755 libmilter/docs 2756 New Files: 2757 cf/cf/README 2758 cf/cf/submit.cf 2759 cf/cf/submit.mc 2760 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2761 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2762 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2763 cf/feature/msp.m4 2764 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2765 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2766 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2767 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2768 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2769 cf/sendmail.schema 2770 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2771 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2772 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2773 editmap/* 2774 include/sm/* 2775 libsm/* 2776 libsmutil/cf.c 2777 libsmutil/err.c 2778 sendmail/SECURITY 2779 sendmail/TUNING 2780 sendmail/bf.c 2781 sendmail/bf.h 2782 sendmail/sasl.c 2783 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2784 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2785 sendmail/tls.c 2786 Deleted Files: 2787 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2788 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2789 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2790 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2791 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2792 include/sendmail/useful.h 2793 libsmutil/errstring.c 2794 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2795 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2796 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2797 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2798 sendmail/clock.c 2799 Renamed Files: 2800 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2801 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2802 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2803 28048.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2805 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2806 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2807 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2808 of ISS X-Force. 2809 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2810 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2811 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2812 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2813 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2814 includes DNS. 2815 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2816 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2817 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2818 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2819 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2820 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2821 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2822 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2823 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2824 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2825 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2826 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2827 across various connections. This could cause session 2828 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2829 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2830 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2831 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2832 canonical name for a host. 2833 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2834 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2835 or the queue. 2836 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2837 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2838 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2839 Polytechnic Institute. 2840 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2841 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2842 Purdue University. 2843 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2844 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2845 Texas. 2846 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2847 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2848 error. 2849 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2850 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2851 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2852 and vacation. 2853 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2854 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2855 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2856 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2857 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2858 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2859 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2860 Sun Microsystems. 2861 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2862 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2863 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2864 28658.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2866 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2867 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2868 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2869 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2870 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2871 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2872 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2873 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2874 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2875 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2876 Werner Wiethege. 2877 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2878 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2879 28808.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2881 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2882 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2883 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2884 of SE Netway Communications. 2885 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2886 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2887 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2888 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2889 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2890 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2891 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2892 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2893 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2894 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2895 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2896 University College. 2897 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2898 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2899 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2900 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2901 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2902 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2903 University at Albany. 2904 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2905 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2906 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2907 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2908 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2909 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2910 Portability: 2911 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2912 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2913 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2914 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2915 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2916 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2917 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2918 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2919 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2920 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2921 29228.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2923 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2924 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2925 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2926 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2927 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2928 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2929 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2930 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2931 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2932 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2933 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2934 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2935 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 2936 from Kenji Miyake. 2937 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 2938 QueueDirectory wildcards. 2939 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 2940 the same map again while exiting. 2941 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 2942 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 2943 of Tuebingen. 2944 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 2945 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 2946 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 2947 Oklahoma State University. 2948 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 2949 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 2950 InTouch Systems, Inc. 2951 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 2952 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 2953 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 2954 Morgan Stanley. 2955 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 2956 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 2957 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2958 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 2959 from Werner Wiethege. 2960 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 2961 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 2962 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 2963 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 2964 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 2965 Internet Services. 2966 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 2967 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2968 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 2969 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2970 Portability: 2971 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 2972 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 2973 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 2974 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 2975 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 2976 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2977 Meteorological Institute. 2978 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 2979 since it generates random process ids. 2980 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 2981 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 2982 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2983 New Files: 2984 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 2985 29868.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 2987 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 2988 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 2989 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2990 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2991 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 2992 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 2993 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 2994 communications consulting gmbh. 2995 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2996 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2997 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 2998 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 2999 connection came in from the command line. 3000 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 3001 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 3002 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3003 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 3004 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 3005 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 3006 when they were committed. 3007 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 3008 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 3009 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 3010 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 3011 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 3012 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 3013 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 3014 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 3015 University. 3016 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 3017 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 3018 accept() completes. 3019 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 3020 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 3021 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 3022 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 3023 Wellcome. 3024 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 3025 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 3026 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 3027 University. 3028 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 3029 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 3030 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 3031 University of New Brunswick. 3032 Portability: 3033 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 3034 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 3035 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 3036 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 3037 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3038 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 3039 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 3040 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3041 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 3042 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 3043 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 3044 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 3045 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 3046 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 3047 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 3048 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 3049 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 3050 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 3051 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3052 Institute. 3053 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 3054 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 3055 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3056 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 3057 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 3058 Renamed Files: 3059 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 3060 30618.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 3062 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 3063 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 3064 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 3065 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3066 Schools" project (IdS). 3067 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 3068 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 3069 be enabled by compiling with: 3070 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 3071 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 3072 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3073 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 3074 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 3075 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 3076 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 3077 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 3078 Colby College. 3079 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 3080 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 3081 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 3082 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 3083 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 3084 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 3085 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 3086 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 3087 NxNetworks, Inc. 3088 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 3089 client name. 3090 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 3091 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 3092 the Universitat Regensburg. 3093 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 3094 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 3095 University of Arizona. 3096 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 3097 of Collective Technologies. 3098 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 3099 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 3100 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 3101 Engineering. 3102 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 3103 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3104 Meteorological Institute. 3105 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 3106 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3107 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3108 Meteorological Institute. 3109 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 3110 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 3111 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 3112 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3113 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 3114 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 3115 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 3116 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 3117 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 3118 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 3119 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 3120 overall connections, not the number of connections per 3121 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 3122 counting. 3123 Portability: 3124 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 3125 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 3126 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 3127 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 3128 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 3129 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 3130 Rosenman. 3131 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 3132 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3133 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 3134 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 3135 of Pacific Access. 3136 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 3137 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3138 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 3139 Microsystems. 3140 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 3141 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 3142 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3143 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 3144 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 3145 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 3146 implicitly assume canonical host names. 3147 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 3148 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3149 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 3150 Virginia Tech. 3151 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 3152 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 3153 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3154 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 3155 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 3156 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 3157 gmbh. 3158 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 3159 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3160 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 3161 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 3162 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 3163 of Kyoto University. 3164 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 3165 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 3166 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 3167 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 3168 version. 3169 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 3170 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3171 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3172 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 3173 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 3174 or *-owner. 3175 New Files: 3176 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 3177 contrib/buildvirtuser 3178 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 3179 31808.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 3181 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 3182 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3183 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 3184 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 3185 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 3186 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 3187 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3188 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 3189 wildcards. 3190 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 3191 process may close the connection before the child process 3192 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 3193 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 3194 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3195 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 3196 read the LDAP secret from a file. 3197 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 3198 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 3199 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 3200 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3201 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 3202 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 3203 of EarthLink. 3204 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 3205 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 3206 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 3207 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3208 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 3209 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3210 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 3211 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 3212 Fournier of Acadia University. 3213 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 3214 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 3215 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 3216 one of the others may be able to take over. 3217 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 3218 previous load average query result. 3219 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 3220 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 3221 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 3222 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3223 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 3224 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 3225 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 3226 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 3227 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3228 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 3229 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 3230 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 3231 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 3232 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 3233 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 3234 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 3235 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 3236 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 3237 University of British Columbia. 3238 Portability: 3239 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 3240 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 3241 override the setting. Suggested by 3242 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 3243 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 3244 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 3245 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 3246 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 3247 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3248 College. 3249 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 3250 Tom Moore of NCR. 3251 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 3252 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 3253 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 3254 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 3255 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3256 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 3257 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 3258 Consulting. 3259 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 3260 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 3261 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 3262 errors in the MAIL address. 3263 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 3264 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 3265 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 3266 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3267 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 3268 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 3269 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 3270 Ericsson. 3271 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 3272 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 3273 mailer as described in cf/README. 3274 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 3275 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 3276 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 3277 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 3278 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 3279 sendmail. 3280 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 3281 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3282 Meteorological Institute. 3283 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 3284 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 3285 dot as the only character on the line. 3286 New Files: 3287 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 3288 32898.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 3290 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 3291 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 3292 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 3293 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 3294 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 3295 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 3296 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3297 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 3298 it populates. It is possible that some broken 3299 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 3300 Systems in this category should compile with 3301 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 3302 system and report broken implementations to 3303 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 3304 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 3305 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 3306 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 3307 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 3308 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 3309 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 3310 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 3311 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3312 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 3313 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 3314 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 3315 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3316 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 3317 random data. 3318 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 3319 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 3320 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 3321 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 3322 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 3323 Martin of CMU. 3324 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 3325 strength factor. 3326 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 3327 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 3328 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 3329 of CMU. 3330 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 3331 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 3332 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 3333 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 3334 documented, unless a family is specified in a 3335 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 3336 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 3337 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 3338 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 3339 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 3340 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3341 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 3342 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 3343 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 3344 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 3345 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 3346 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3347 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 3348 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 3349 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 3350 of Sun Microsystems. 3351 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 3352 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 3353 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 3354 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 3355 the incoming information in the queue file for later 3356 delivery attempts. 3357 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 3358 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 3359 smoe.org. 3360 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 3361 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 3362 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3363 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 3364 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 3365 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 3366 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 3367 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 3368 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3369 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 3370 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 3371 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3372 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 3373 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 3374 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 3375 of Northern Illinois University. 3376 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 3377 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3378 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 3379 to kilobyte units. 3380 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 3381 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 3382 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 3383 Polytechnic. 3384 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 3385 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 3386 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 3387 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3388 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 3389 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 3390 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3391 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 3392 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3393 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 3394 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 3395 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 3396 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 3397 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 3398 G. Thomas Consulting. 3399 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 3400 port number (113). 3401 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 3402 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3403 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 3404 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 3405 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3406 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 3407 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 3408 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 3409 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3410 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 3411 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 3412 University of Mainz. 3413 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 3414 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 3415 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 3416 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3417 Portability: 3418 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 3419 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 3420 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 3421 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 3422 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 3423 work properly causing problems if the accept() 3424 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 3425 from Tom Moore of NCR. 3426 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 3427 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 3428 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 3429 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 3430 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 3431 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 3432 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3433 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 3434 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3435 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3436 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 3437 confCACERT CACERTFile 3438 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 3439 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 3440 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 3441 confRAND_FILE RandFile 3442 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 3443 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 3444 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 3445 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 3446 cf/README for more information. 3447 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 3448 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 3449 called due to a STARTTLS command. 3450 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 3451 instead of temporary. 3452 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 3453 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 3454 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 3455 Consulting. 3456 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 3457 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 3458 RootsWeb.com. 3459 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 3460 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 3461 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 3462 University of Maryland. 3463 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 3464 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3465 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 3466 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 3467 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 3468 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 3469 of the University of Alberta. 3470 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 3471 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 3472 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 3473 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 3474 of X.509 certificates. 3475 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 3476 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 3477 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 3478 Universitat Regensburg. 3479 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 3480 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3481 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 3482 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3483 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 3484 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3485 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 3486 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 3487 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3488 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 3489 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 3490 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 3491 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 3492 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 3493 University. 3494 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 3495 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 3496 links. 3497 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 3498 reported. 3499 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 3500 Denman Tire Corporation. 3501 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 3502 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 3503 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 3504 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 3505 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 3506 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 3507 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 3508 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 3509 have a From line. 3510 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 3511 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 3512 Added Files: 3513 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 3514 contrib/cidrexpand 3515 contrib/link_hash.sh 3516 contrib/movemail.conf 3517 contrib/movemail.pl 3518 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 3519 test/t_snprintf.c 3520 35218.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 3522 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 3523 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 3524 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 3525 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 3526 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 3527 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 3528 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 3529 Added Files: 3530 test/t_setuid.c 3531 35328.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 3533 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 3534 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 3535 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 3536 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 3537 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 3538 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 3539 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 3540 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 3541 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 3542 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 3543 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 3544 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3545 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 3546 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 3547 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3548 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 3549 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 3550 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 3551 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 3552 or higher. 3553 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 3554 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 3555 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 3556 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 3557 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 3558 Polytechnic Institute. 3559 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 3560 discards the message. 3561 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 3562 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 3563 attempted to the alias. 3564 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 3565 flag options. 3566 Portability: 3567 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 3568 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 3569 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 3570 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 3571 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3572 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 3573 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 3574 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 3575 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 3576 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 3577 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 3578 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 3579 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 3580 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 3581 Services, LLC. 3582 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 3583 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 3584 Courtesan Consulting. 3585 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 3586 Siemens Business Services. 3587 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 3588 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 3589 of WSRCC. 3590 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 3591 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 3592 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 3593 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 3594 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 3595 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 3596 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 3597 of NEC. 3598 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 3599 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3600 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 3601 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 3602 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 3603 Virginia Tech. 3604 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 3605 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 3606 University. 3607 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 3608 for other internal projects but included in the open source 3609 release. 3610 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 3611 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 3612 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 3613 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 3614 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 3615 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 3616 Sendmail. 3617 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 3618 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 3619 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3620 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 3621 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 3622 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 3623 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 3624 Northern Illinois University. 3625 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 3626 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 3627 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 3628 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3629 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 3630 Polytechnique de Montreal. 3631 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 3632 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 3633 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 3634 Added Files: 3635 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 3636 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 3637 Deleted Files: 3638 contrib/converting.sun.configs 3639 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 3640 doc/intro 3641 doc/usenix 3642 doc/changes 3643 36448.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 3645 ************************************************************* 3646 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 3647 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 3648 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 3649 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 3650 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 3651 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 3652 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 3653 * coach, and a friend. * 3654 * * 3655 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 3656 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 3657 * Julie, we miss you! * 3658 ************************************************************* 3659 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 3660 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 3661 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 3662 symbolic link target. 3663 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 3664 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 3665 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3666 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 3667 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 3668 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 3669 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 3670 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3671 version of sendmail. 3672 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 3673 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 3674 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 3675 (IdS). 3676 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 3677 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 3678 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 3679 for easier code sharing among the programs. 3680 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 3681 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 3682 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 3683 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 3684 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 3685 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 3686 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3687 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3688 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3689 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3690 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3691 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3692 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3693 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3694 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3695 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3696 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3697 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3698 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3699 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3700 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3701 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3702 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3703 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3704 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3705 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3706 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3707 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3708 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3709 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3710 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3711 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3712 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3713 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3714 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3715 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3716 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3717 accordingly. 3718 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3719 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3720 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3721 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3722 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3723 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3724 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3725 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3726 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3727 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3728 InCert Software. 3729 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3730 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3731 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3732 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3733 a control socket request. 3734 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3735 settings: 3736 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3737 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3738 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3739 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3740 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3741 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3742 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3743 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3744 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3745 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3746 delivery attempt. 3747 Timeout.resolver.retry 3748 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3749 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3750 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3751 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3752 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3753 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3754 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3755 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3756 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3757 delivery attempt. 3758 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3759 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3760 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3761 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3762 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3763 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3764 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3765 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3766 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3767 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3768 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3769 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3770 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3771 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3772 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3773 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3774 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3775 Telecommunications Ltd. 3776 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3777 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3778 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3779 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3780 Inc. 3781 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3782 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3783 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3784 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3785 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3786 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3787 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3788 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3789 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3790 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3791 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3792 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3793 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3794 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3795 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3796 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3797 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3798 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3799 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3800 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3801 Ltd. 3802 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3803 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3804 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3805 example mailer might be: 3806 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3807 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3808 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3809 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3810 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3811 instead. 3812 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3813 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3814 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3815 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3816 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3817 flags. 3818 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3819 body of the original message on delivery status 3820 notifications. 3821 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3822 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3823 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3824 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3825 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3826 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3827 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3828 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3829 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3830 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3831 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3832 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3833 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3834 Conwell of Boston University. 3835 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3836 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3837 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3838 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3839 @Home Network. 3840 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3841 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3842 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3843 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3844 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3845 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3846 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3847 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3848 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3849 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3850 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3851 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3852 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3853 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3854 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3855 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3856 Mathias Herberts. 3857 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3858 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3859 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3860 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3861 in check_compat). 3862 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3863 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3864 option. 3865 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3866 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3867 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3868 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3869 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3870 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3871 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3872 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3873 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3874 is set. 3875 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3876 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3877 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3878 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3879 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3880 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3881 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3882 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3883 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3884 a denial-of-service attack. 3885 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3886 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3887 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3888 overflow attacks. 3889 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3890 alias recursion. 3891 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3892 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3893 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3894 directly before the newline. 3895 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3896 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3897 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3898 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3899 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3900 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3901 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3902 could not be opened. 3903 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3904 value of this option is macro expanded. 3905 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3906 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3907 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3908 (along with the already existing macros): 3909 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3910 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3911 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3912 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3913 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3914 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3915 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3916 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3917 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3918 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3919 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3920 loopback net. 3921 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3922 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3923 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3924 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3925 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3926 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3927 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3928 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3929 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3930 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3931 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3932 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3933 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3934 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3935 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 3936 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 3937 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 3938 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3939 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 3940 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 3941 Ericsson. 3942 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3943 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 3944 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 3945 of Ericsson. 3946 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 3947 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 3948 of Renaissance Internet Services. 3949 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 3950 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 3951 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 3952 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 3953 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 3954 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 3955 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3956 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 3957 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 3958 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 3959 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 3960 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 3961 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 3962 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3963 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 3964 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 3965 equate name. 3966 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 3967 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 3968 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 3969 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 3970 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 3971 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 3972 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 3973 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 3974 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 3975 David Cooley of Colby College. 3976 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 3977 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 3978 already decided the message will be passed to another host 3979 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 3980 Buckeridge Young Limited. 3981 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 3982 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 3983 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 3984 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 3985 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 3986 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 3987 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 3988 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 3989 of Stanford University. 3990 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 3991 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 3992 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 3993 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 3994 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 3995 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 3996 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 3997 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3998 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 3999 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 4000 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 4001 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 4002 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 4003 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 4004 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 4005 attributes found in the match will be returned. 4006 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 4007 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 4008 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 4009 comma separated key and value strings. 4010 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 4011 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 4012 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 4013 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 4014 a single connection to that host. 4015 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 4016 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 4017 LDAP lookups. 4018 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 4019 resources. 4020 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 4021 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 4022 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 4023 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 4024 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 4025 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 4026 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 4027 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 4028 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 4029 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 4030 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 4031 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 4032 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 4033 with the name "*". 4034 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 4035 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 4036 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 4037 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 4038 matches to return. 4039 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 4040 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 4041 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 4042 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 4043 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 4044 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 4045 are defined. 4046 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 4047 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 4048 Tech. 4049 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 4050 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 4051 important if you have large classes. 4052 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 4053 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 4054 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 4055 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 4056 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 4057 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 4058 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 4059 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 4060 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4061 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 4062 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 4063 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 4064 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 4065 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 4066 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 4067 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 4068 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 4069 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 4070 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 4071 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 4072 determined). For single processor machines, this change 4073 has no effect. 4074 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 4075 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4076 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 4077 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4078 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 4079 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 4080 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 4081 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 4082 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 4083 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 4084 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 4085 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 4086 connection-based denial of service attacks. 4087 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 4088 10 or higher. 4089 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 4090 information (from= syslog line). 4091 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 4092 equate (dsn=). 4093 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 4094 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 4095 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 4096 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4097 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 4098 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4099 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4100 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 4101 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4102 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 4103 the program as the default user and the default group, not 4104 the forward file user. This change also assures the 4105 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 4106 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 4107 Popovici of DNT Romania. 4108 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 4109 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 4110 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 4111 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 4112 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 4113 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 4114 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 4115 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 4116 helpful to know the sender of the message. 4117 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 4118 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4119 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 4120 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 4121 multiple files. 4122 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 4123 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 4124 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 4125 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 4126 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 4127 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 4128 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 4129 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 4130 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 4131 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 4132 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 4133 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 4134 length before the attempt. 4135 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 4136 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 4137 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 4138 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 4139 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 4140 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 4141 host status files, not all files. 4142 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 4143 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 4144 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 4145 Wonderworks Inc. 4146 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 4147 macro map class. This can be used to store information 4148 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 4149 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 4150 of Hannover. 4151 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 4152 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 4153 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 4154 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 4155 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 4156 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 4157 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 4158 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 4159 flag: 4160 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 4161 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 4162 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 4163 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 4164 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 4165 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 4166 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 4167 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 4168 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 4169 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 4170 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 4171 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 4172 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 4173 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 4174 version. 4175 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 4176 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 4177 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 4178 if referencing a named ruleset. 4179 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 4180 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 4181 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 4182 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 4183 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 4184 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 4185 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 4186 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 4187 the University of Maryland. 4188 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 4189 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 4190 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 4191 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 4192 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 4193 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 4194 COMMANDS). 4195 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 4196 but for outgoing connections. 4197 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 4198 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 4199 a require authentication 4200 b bind to interface through which mail has 4201 been received 4202 c perform hostname canonification 4203 f require fully qualified hostname 4204 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 4205 command 4206 C don't perform hostname canonification 4207 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 4208 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 4209 h use name of interface for HELO command 4210 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 4211 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 4212 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 4213 Institutes of Health. 4214 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 4215 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4216 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 4217 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 4218 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 4219 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 4220 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 4221 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 4222 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 4223 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 4224 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 4225 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 4226 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 4227 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 4228 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 4229 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 4230 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 4231 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 4232 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 4233 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 4234 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 4235 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 4236 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 4237 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 4238 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4239 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 4240 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 4241 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 4242 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 4243 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 4244 timeout. 4245 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 4246 interface address structure when loading the system network 4247 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 4248 Nanoteq. 4249 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 4250 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 4251 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 4252 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 4253 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 4254 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 4255 on load average. 4256 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4257 Northern Illinois University. 4258 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 4259 envelope splitting has occurred. 4260 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 4261 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 4262 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 4263 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 4264 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 4265 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4266 Institute. 4267 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 4268 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 4269 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 4270 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 4271 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 4272 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 4273 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4274 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 4275 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4276 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 4277 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4278 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 4279 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 4280 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 4281 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4282 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 4283 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 4284 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 4285 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4286 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 4287 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 4288 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 4289 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4290 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 4291 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 4292 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4293 University. 4294 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 4295 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 4296 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 4297 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 4298 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 4299 ruleset lines as well. 4300 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 4301 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 4302 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 4303 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4304 Institute. 4305 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 4306 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 4307 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4308 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 4309 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 4310 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 4311 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 4312 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 4313 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 4314 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 4315 of Ericsson. 4316 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 4317 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 4318 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 4319 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4320 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 4321 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 4322 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 4323 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 4324 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 4325 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 4326 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 4327 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 4328 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 4329 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 4330 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 4331 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4332 University. 4333 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 4334 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 4335 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 4336 'sendmail -bs'. 4337 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 4338 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 4339 them in the .cf file. 4340 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 4341 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 4342 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 4343 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 4344 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 4345 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 4346 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 4347 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 4348 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4349 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 4350 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 4351 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 4352 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 4353 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4354 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 4355 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4356 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 4357 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 4358 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 4359 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 4360 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4361 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 4362 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 4363 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 4364 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 4365 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 4366 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4367 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 4368 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 4369 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 4370 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 4371 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 4372 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 4373 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 4374 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 4375 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 4376 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4377 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 4378 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 4379 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 4380 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 4381 don't fail on ANY queries. 4382 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 4383 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 4384 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4385 Northern Illinois University. 4386 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 4387 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 4388 State University. 4389 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 4390 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4391 Northern Illinois University. 4392 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 4393 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 4394 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 4395 Portability: 4396 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 4397 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 4398 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 4399 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 4400 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4401 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 4402 This allows network interface probing to work 4403 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 4404 University of Iowa. 4405 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 4406 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 4407 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 4408 name. 4409 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 4410 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 4411 Virginia Tech. 4412 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 4413 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 4414 Amsterdam. 4415 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 4416 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 4417 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 4418 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 4419 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 4420 in building the operating system. Users can 4421 override the defaults by setting confCC and 4422 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 4423 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 4424 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 4425 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 4426 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 4427 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 4428 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4429 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 4430 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4431 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 4432 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 4433 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 4434 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4435 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 4436 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 4437 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 4438 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 4439 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 4440 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 4441 use that value in conf.h. 4442 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 4443 BITart Consulting. 4444 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 4445 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 4446 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 4447 Computer, Inc. 4448 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 4449 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 4450 of E I A. 4451 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 4452 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 4453 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 4454 fchown(2). 4455 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 4456 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 4457 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 4458 srandomdev(3). 4459 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 4460 setlogin(2). 4461 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 4462 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 4463 Siemens Business Services. 4464 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 4465 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 4466 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 4467 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 4468 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 4469 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 4470 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4471 Aerospace. 4472 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 4473 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 4474 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 4475 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 4476 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 4477 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 4478 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 4479 University. 4480 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 4481 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 4482 Technology Information Network. 4483 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 4484 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 4485 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4486 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 4487 and OpenBSD. 4488 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 4489 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 4490 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 4491 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4492 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 4493 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 4494 details. 4495 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 4496 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 4497 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 4498 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 4499 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 4500 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 4501 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 4502 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 4503 Courtesan Consulting. 4504 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 4505 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 4506 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 4507 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 4508 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 4509 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 4510 multiple times. 4511 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 4512 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 4513 with From:). 4514 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 4515 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 4516 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 4517 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 4518 new functionality. 4519 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 4520 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 4521 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 4522 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 4523 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 4524 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 4525 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 4526 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 4527 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 4528 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 4529 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 4530 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 4531 confPID_FILE PidFile 4532 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 4533 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 4534 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 4535 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 4536 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 4537 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 4538 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 4539 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 4540 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 4541 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 4542 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 4543 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 4544 which takes the options as argument and can be used 4545 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 4546 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 4547 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 4548 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 4549 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 4550 to "IPC $h". 4551 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 4552 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 4553 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 4554 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 4555 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 4556 value should be changed with care. 4557 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 4558 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 4559 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 4560 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 4561 complain. 4562 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 4563 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 4564 of Q7 Enterprises. 4565 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 4566 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 4567 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 4568 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 4569 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 4570 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 4571 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 4572 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 4573 of Northern Illinois University. 4574 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 4575 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 4576 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 4577 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 4578 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 4579 in it. 4580 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 4581 in class 'P' ($=P). 4582 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 4583 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 4584 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 4585 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 4586 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 4587 is added. 4588 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 4589 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 4590 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 4591 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 4592 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 4593 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 4594 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 4595 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 4596 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 4597 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 4598 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 4599 Hubert of University of Washington. 4600 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 4601 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 4602 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 4603 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 4604 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 4605 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 4606 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 4607 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 4608 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 4609 Services. 4610 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 4611 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4612 Aerospace. 4613 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 4614 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 4615 University and Brian Candler. 4616 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 4617 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4618 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 4619 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4620 Institute. 4621 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 4622 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 4623 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 4624 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 4625 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 4626 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 4627 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 4628 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 4629 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 4630 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4631 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 4632 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 4633 Willamette Industries, Inc. 4634 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 4635 converted to <user@d> 4636 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 4637 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 4638 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 4639 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 4640 performed. 4641 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 4642 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 4643 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4644 Institute. 4645 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 4646 be accessed by their numbers). 4647 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 4648 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 4649 of an address. 4650 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 4651 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 4652 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 4653 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 4654 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 4655 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 4656 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 4657 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 4658 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 4659 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4660 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 4661 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4662 Institute. 4663 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 4664 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 4665 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 4666 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 4667 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 4668 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 4669 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 4670 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 4671 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 4672 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 4673 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 4674 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4675 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 4676 University of California at Berkeley. 4677 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 4678 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4679 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 4680 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 4681 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4682 Corporation UK. 4683 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 4684 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 4685 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 4686 Yale University. 4687 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4688 be used for building. 4689 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4690 used for a fresh build. 4691 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4692 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4693 ranlib. 4694 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4695 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4696 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4697 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4698 Costales. 4699 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4700 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4701 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4702 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4703 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4704 of Siemens Business Services. 4705 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4706 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4707 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4708 torek. 4709 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4710 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4711 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4712 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4713 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4714 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4715 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4716 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4717 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4718 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4719 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4720 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4721 are in devtools/README. 4722 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4723 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4724 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4725 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4726 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4727 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4728 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4729 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4730 macro. 4731 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4732 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4733 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4734 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4735 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4736 Corporation. 4737 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4738 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4739 confMANROOTMAN. 4740 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4741 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4742 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4743 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4744 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4745 Communications. 4746 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4747 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4748 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4749 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4750 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4751 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4752 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4753 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4754 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4755 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4756 install-strip target. 4757 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4758 the others (if it exists). 4759 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4760 then the default ones. 4761 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4762 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4763 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4764 to set the S flag. 4765 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4766 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4767 Northern Illinois University. 4768 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4769 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4770 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4771 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4772 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4773 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4774 University. 4775 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4776 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4777 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4778 University. 4779 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4780 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4781 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4782 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4783 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4784 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4785 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4786 University. 4787 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4788 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4789 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4790 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4791 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4792 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4793 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4794 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4795 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4796 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4797 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4798 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4799 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4800 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4801 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4802 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4803 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4804 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4805 timeout to avoid starvation. 4806 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4807 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4808 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4809 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4810 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4811 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4812 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4813 of Maryland. 4814 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4815 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4816 sendmail configuration file. 4817 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4818 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4819 option. 4820 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4821 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4822 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4823 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4824 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4825 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4826 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4827 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4828 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4829 Corporation UK. 4830 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4831 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4832 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4833 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4834 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4835 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4836 Institute for Global Communications. 4837 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4838 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4839 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4840 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4841 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4842 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4843 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4844 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4845 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4846 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4847 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4848 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4849 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4850 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4851 Changed Files: 4852 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4853 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4854 which execute the actual Build script in 4855 devtools/bin. 4856 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4857 -mandoc as they were previously. 4858 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4859 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4860 required for Build). 4861 New Directories: 4862 devtools/M4/UNIX 4863 include 4864 libmilter 4865 libsmdb 4866 libsmutil 4867 vacation 4868 Renamed Directories: 4869 BuildTools => devtools 4870 src => sendmail 4871 Deleted Files: 4872 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4873 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4874 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4875 devtools/OS/SINIX 4876 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4877 New Files: 4878 INSTALL 4879 PGPKEYS 4880 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4881 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4882 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4883 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4884 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4885 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4886 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4887 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4888 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4889 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4890 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4891 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4892 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4893 contrib/domainmap.m4 4894 contrib/qtool.8 4895 contrib/qtool.pl 4896 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4897 devtools/M4/list.m4 4898 devtools/M4/string.m4 4899 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4900 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4901 devtools/OS/Darwin 4902 devtools/OS/GNU 4903 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4904 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4905 devtools/OS/m88k 4906 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4907 mail.local/Makefile 4908 mailstats/Makefile 4909 makemap/Makefile 4910 praliases/Makefile 4911 rmail/Makefile 4912 sendmail/Makefile 4913 sendmail/bf.h 4914 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4915 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4916 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4917 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4918 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4919 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4920 sendmail/timers.c 4921 sendmail/timers.h 4922 smrsh/Makefile 4923 vacation/Makefile 4924 Renamed Files: 4925 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4926 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4927 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4928 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4929 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4930 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4931 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4932 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4933 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4934 Copied Files: 4935 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 4936 49378.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 4938 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 4939 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 4940 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 4941 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 4942 Schools" project (IdS). 4943 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 4944 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 4945 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 4946 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4947 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 4948 when performing the MIME header length check. This 4949 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 4950 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 4951 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 4952 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 4953 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 4954 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4955 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 4956 ExecPC Internet Systems. 4957 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 4958 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 4959 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 4960 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 4961 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 4962 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 4963 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 4964 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 4965 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 4966 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4967 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 4968 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 4969 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 4970 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 4971 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 4972 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 4973 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 4974 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 4975 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 4976 group of the IETF. 4977 Portability: 4978 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 4979 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 4980 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 4981 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 4982 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 4983 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 4984 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 4985 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 4986 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 4987 Technical University of Denmark. 4988 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 4989 Supercomputer Center. 4990 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 4991 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 4992 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 4993 of Stanford University. 4994 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 4995 between different releases. Back out the 4996 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 4997 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 4998 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 4999 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 5000 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 5001 of Siemens/SNI. 5002 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5003 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 5004 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 5005 University of Brno. 5006 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 5007 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 5008 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5009 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 5010 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 5011 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5012 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 5013 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 5014 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 5015 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 5016 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5017 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 5018 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 5019 MIDS Europe. 5020 New Files: 5021 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 5022 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 5023 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 5024 50258.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 5026 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 5027 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 5028 for a denial of service attack. 5029 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 5030 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5031 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 5032 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 5033 Corporation UK. 5034 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 5035 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 5036 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 5037 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 5038 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 5039 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 5040 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 5041 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 5042 Internet Services. 5043 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 5044 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 5045 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 5046 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 5047 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 5048 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 5049 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5050 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 5051 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5052 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 5053 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 5054 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 5055 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 5056 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 5057 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5058 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 5059 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 5060 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 5061 Internet Services. 5062 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 5063 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 5064 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 5065 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 5066 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 5067 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 5068 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 5069 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 5070 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 5071 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 5072 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 5073 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 5074 extended testing. 5075 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 5076 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 5077 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 5078 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 5079 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 5080 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 5081 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 5082 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 5083 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 5084 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 5085 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5086 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 5087 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 5088 Network. 5089 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 5090 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 5091 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 5092 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 5093 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 5094 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 5095 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5096 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 5097 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 5098 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 5099 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 5100 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 5101 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 5102 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 5103 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 5104 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 5105 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5106 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 5107 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5108 Meteorological Institute. 5109 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5110 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 5111 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 5112 Portability: 5113 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 5114 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 5115 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 5116 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 5117 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 5118 reading network interface addresses into 5119 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 5120 Cal State University, Chico. 5121 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 5122 from changing the semantics of the compiled 5123 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 5124 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 5125 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 5126 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5127 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5128 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 5129 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 5130 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 5131 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 5132 of Sun Microsystems. 5133 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 5134 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5135 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 5136 of Bits Co., Ltd. 5137 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 5138 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 5139 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 5140 of E I A. 5141 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 5142 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 5143 Information Center. 5144 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 5145 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 5146 Institute. 5147 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 5148 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 5149 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 5150 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 5151 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5152 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 5153 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 5154 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 5155 Manawatu Internet Services. 5156 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 5157 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 5158 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 5159 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 5160 of Northern Illinois University. 5161 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 5162 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 5163 Kiel. 5164 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 5165 Dot Com. 5166 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 5167 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 5168 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5169 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 5170 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 5171 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 5172 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5173 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 5174 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5175 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 5176 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 5177 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 5178 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5179 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 5180 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5181 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 5182 the envelope From header. 5183 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 5184 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 5185 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 5186 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 5187 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 5188 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 5189 Portal Services, Inc. 5190 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 5191 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 5192 Sun Microsystems. 5193 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5194 New Files: 5195 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 5196 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 5197 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 5198 contrib/smcontrol.pl 5199 src/control.c 5200 52018.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 5202 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 5203 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 5204 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 5205 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 5206 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 5207 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 5208 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5209 Meteorological Institute. 5210 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 5211 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 5212 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5213 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 5214 installation commands. The man pages would still be 5215 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 5216 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5217 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 5218 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5219 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 5220 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 5221 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 5222 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 5223 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 5224 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 5225 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 5226 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 5227 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 5228 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 5229 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 5230 Flextech TV. 5231 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 5232 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 5233 DaveLtd Enterprises. 5234 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 5235 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 5236 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 5237 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 5238 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 5239 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 5240 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 5241 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 5242 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 5243 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 5244 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 5245 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 5246 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 5247 University. 5248 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 5249 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 5250 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 5251 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 5252 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 5253 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 5254 Portability: 5255 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 5256 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 5257 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 5258 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 5259 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 5260 of BSDI. 5261 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 5262 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 5263 PICT Inc. 5264 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 5265 J. P. McCann of E I A. 5266 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 5267 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 5268 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 5269 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 5270 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 5271 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5272 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 5273 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 5274 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5275 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 5276 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 5277 would not accept @@hostname. 5278 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 5279 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 5280 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 5281 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 5282 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5283 New Files: 5284 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 5285 52868.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 5287 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 5288 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 5289 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 5290 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 5291 which need the ability to override security can use the 5292 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 5293 information. 5294 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5295 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5296 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 5297 world writable directories. 5298 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 5299 it is in a world writable directory. 5300 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 5301 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 5302 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 5303 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5304 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5305 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 5306 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 5307 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5308 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 5309 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 5310 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 5311 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 5312 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 5313 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 5314 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 5315 default. 5316 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 5317 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 5318 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 5319 the University of Maryland. 5320 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 5321 of Cal State University, Chico. 5322 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 5323 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 5324 current version of Berkeley DB. 5325 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 5326 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 5327 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 5328 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 5329 of Maryland. 5330 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 5331 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 5332 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 5333 Microsystems. 5334 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 5335 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 5336 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 5337 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 5338 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 5339 mail.local on the F=z flag. 5340 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 5341 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 5342 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 5343 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 5344 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 5345 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 5346 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 5347 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5348 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5349 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 5350 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 5351 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 5352 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5353 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 5354 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 5355 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 5356 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 5357 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 5358 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 5359 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 5360 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 5361 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 5362 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 5363 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 5364 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 5365 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 5366 relaying entirely. 5367 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 5368 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 5369 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 5370 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 5371 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 5372 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 5373 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 5374 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 5375 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 5376 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 5377 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 5378 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 5379 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5380 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 5381 sender for those failures. 5382 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 5383 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 5384 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 5385 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 5386 of Ericsson. 5387 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 5388 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 5389 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5390 of Procter & Gamble. 5391 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 5392 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 5393 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5394 of Procter & Gamble. 5395 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 5396 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 5397 of system security. This should only be used if you are 5398 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 5399 DontBlameSendmail options are: 5400 Safe 5401 AssumeSafeChown 5402 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 5403 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 5404 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 5405 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 5406 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 5407 GroupWritableAliasFile 5408 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 5409 WorldWritableAliasFile 5410 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5411 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5412 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 5413 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 5414 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5415 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5416 MapInUnsafeDirPath 5417 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 5418 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 5419 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 5420 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 5421 LinkedMapInWritableDir 5422 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 5423 FileDeliveryToHardLink 5424 FileDeliveryToSymLink 5425 WriteMapToHardLink 5426 WriteMapToSymLink 5427 WriteStatsToHardLink 5428 WriteStatsToSymLink 5429 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 5430 RunWritableProgram 5431 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 5432 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 5433 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 5434 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 5435 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 5436 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 5437 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 5438 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 5439 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 5440 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 5441 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 5442 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 5443 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 5444 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 5445 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 5446 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 5447 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 5448 contrast to the success case). 5449 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 5450 of the form: 5451 HHeader: $>Ruleset 5452 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 5453 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 5454 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 5455 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 5456 from hiding their connection information in Received: 5457 headers. 5458 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 5459 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 5460 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 5461 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 5462 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 5463 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 5464 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 5465 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 5466 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 5467 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 5468 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 5469 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 5470 remote identity can be queried. 5471 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 5472 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 5473 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 5474 Hedeland of Ericsson. 5475 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 5476 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 5477 some of the details are determined dynamically via 5478 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 5479 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 5480 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 5481 the new Build method which creates an operating system 5482 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 5483 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 5484 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5485 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 5486 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 5487 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 5488 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5489 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 5490 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 5491 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 5492 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 5493 This means that even if only one of the recipients 5494 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 5495 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 5496 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 5497 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 5498 of CNET: The Computer Network. 5499 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 5500 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 5501 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5502 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 5503 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 5504 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 5505 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 5506 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 5507 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 5508 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 5509 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 5510 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 5511 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5512 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 5513 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 5514 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5515 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 5516 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 5517 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 5518 Institute. 5519 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 5520 mail.local. 5521 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 5522 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 5523 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 5524 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 5525 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 5526 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5527 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 5528 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 5529 of InfoBeat, Inc. 5530 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 5531 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 5532 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 5533 mailstats command. 5534 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 5535 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 5536 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5537 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 5538 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 5539 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 5540 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5541 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 5542 Ericsson. 5543 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 5544 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 5545 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 5546 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 5547 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 5548 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 5549 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 5550 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 5551 Stratus Computer, Inc. 5552 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 5553 currently supported version. 5554 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 5555 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5556 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 5557 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 5558 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 5559 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5560 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 5561 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 5562 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 5563 message in error bounces. 5564 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 5565 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 5566 Digital Equipment Corporation. 5567 Portability: 5568 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 5569 of Kyoto University. 5570 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 5571 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 5572 Maryland. 5573 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 5574 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 5575 in Finland. 5576 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 5577 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5578 the University of Maryland. 5579 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 5580 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 5581 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5582 Meteorological Institute. 5583 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 5584 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 5585 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 5586 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 5587 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 5588 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 5589 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 5590 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 5591 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 5592 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 5593 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 5594 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5595 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 5596 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 5597 Microsystems. 5598 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 5599 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 5600 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 5601 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 5602 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 5603 directory for certain programs. 5604 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 5605 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 5606 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 5607 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 5608 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 5609 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 5610 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 5611 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 5612 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 5613 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 5614 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 5615 the user to setup different .forward files for 5616 user+detail addressing. 5617 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 5618 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 5619 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 5620 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 5621 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 5622 outside your domain). 5623 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 5624 any site to any site. 5625 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 5626 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 5627 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 5628 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 5629 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 5630 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 5631 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 5632 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 5633 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 5634 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 5635 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 5636 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 5637 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 5638 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 5639 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 5640 host names only. 5641 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 5642 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 5643 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 5644 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 5645 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 5646 needed for most installations. 5647 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 5648 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 5649 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 5650 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5651 the University of Maryland. 5652 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 5653 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 5654 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 5655 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 5656 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 5657 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 5658 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 5659 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 5660 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 5661 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 5662 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 5663 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 5664 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 5665 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 5666 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 5667 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 5668 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 5669 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 5670 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 5671 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 5672 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 5673 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 5674 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 5675 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 5676 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 5677 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 5678 above for more information. 5679 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 5680 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5681 Meteorological Institute. 5682 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 5683 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 5684 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 5685 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 5686 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5687 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5688 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5689 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5690 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5691 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5692 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5693 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5694 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5695 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5696 CMU (now of Netscape). 5697 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5698 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5699 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5700 read mail.local/README. 5701 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5702 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5703 University of Maryland. 5704 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5705 University, Chico. 5706 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5707 Meteorological Institute. 5708 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5709 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5710 University of Maryland. 5711 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5712 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5713 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5714 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5715 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5716 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5717 Braunschweig. 5718 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5719 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5720 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5721 Changed Files: 5722 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5723 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5724 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5725 New Files: 5726 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5727 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5728 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5729 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5730 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5731 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5732 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5733 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5734 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5735 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5736 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5737 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5738 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5739 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5740 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5741 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5742 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5743 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5744 BuildTools/README 5745 BuildTools/Site/README 5746 BuildTools/bin/Build 5747 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5748 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5749 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5750 Makefile 5751 cf/cf/Build 5752 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5753 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5754 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5755 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5756 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5757 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5758 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5759 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5760 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5761 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5762 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5763 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5764 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5765 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5766 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5767 mail.local/Build 5768 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5769 mail.local/README 5770 mailstats/Build 5771 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5772 makemap/Build 5773 makemap/Makefile.m4 5774 praliases/Build 5775 praliases/Makefile.m4 5776 rmail/Build 5777 rmail/Makefile.m4 5778 rmail/rmail.0 5779 smrsh/Build 5780 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5781 src/Build 5782 src/Makefile.m4 5783 src/snprintf.c 5784 Deleted Files: 5785 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5786 mail.local/Makefile 5787 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5788 mailstats/Makefile 5789 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5790 makemap/Makefile 5791 makemap/Makefile.dist 5792 praliases/Makefile 5793 praliases/Makefile.dist 5794 rmail/Makefile 5795 smrsh/Makefile 5796 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5797 src/Makefile 5798 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5799 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5800 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5801 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5802 Renamed Files: 5803 READ_ME => README 5804 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5805 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5806 src/READ_ME => src/README 5807 58088.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5809 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5810 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5811 Meteorological Institute. 5812 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5813 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5814 Arseneault of SRI International. 5815 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5816 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5817 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5818 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5819 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5820 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5821 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5822 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5823 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5824 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5825 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5826 River Systems. 5827 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5828 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5829 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5830 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5831 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5832 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5833 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5834 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5835 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5836 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5837 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5838 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5839 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5840 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5841 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5842 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5843 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5844 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5845 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5846 results during a single message processing (but would 5847 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5848 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5849 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5850 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5851 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5852 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5853 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5854 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5855 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5856 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5857 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5858 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5859 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5860 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5861 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5862 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5863 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5864 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5865 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5866 Associates. 5867 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5868 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5869 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5870 could cause confusing error messages. 5871 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5872 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5873 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5874 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5875 SuperNet, Inc. 5876 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5877 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5878 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5879 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5880 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5881 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5882 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5883 dropped. 5884 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5885 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5886 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5887 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5888 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5889 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5890 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5891 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5892 Institute. 5893 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5894 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5895 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5896 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5897 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5898 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5899 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5900 Minor lint fixes. 5901 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5902 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5903 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5904 of Stanford University. 5905 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5906 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5907 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5908 Portability: 5909 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5910 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5911 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5912 Electronic Data Systems. 5913 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5914 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5915 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5916 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5917 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5918 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5919 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5920 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5921 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5922 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5923 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5924 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5925 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5926 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5927 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5928 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5929 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5930 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5931 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5932 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5933 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5934 Services. 5935 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 5936 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5937 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 5938 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 5939 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 5940 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 5941 Services VAS. 5942 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5943 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 5944 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 5945 Ericsson. 5946 59478.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 5948 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 5949 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 5950 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 5951 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 5952 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 5953 GmbH. 5954 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 5955 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 5956 of Technology, Stockholm. 5957 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 5958 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 5959 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 5960 that these routines are included as though they were in the 5961 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 5962 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 5963 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 5964 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 5965 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 5966 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 5967 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 5968 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 5969 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 5970 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 5971 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 5972 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 5973 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 5974 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 5975 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 5976 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 5977 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 5978 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 5979 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 5980 have to assume that the information is good. 5981 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 5982 open or locked. 5983 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 5984 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 5985 errors during testing. 5986 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 5987 printed in the error message. 5988 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 5989 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 5990 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 5991 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 5992 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 5993 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 5994 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 5995 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 5996 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 5997 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 5998 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 5999 runner runs during a critical section in another message 6000 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 6001 Results Computing. 6002 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 6003 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 6004 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 6005 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 6006 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 6007 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 6008 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 6009 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 6010 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 6011 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 6012 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 6013 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 6014 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 6015 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 6016 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 6017 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 6018 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 6019 simultaneously. 6020 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 6021 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 6022 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 6023 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 6024 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 6025 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 6026 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 6027 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 6028 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6029 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 6030 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 6031 CSU Chico. 6032 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 6033 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 6034 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 6035 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 6036 Portability: 6037 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 6038 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 6039 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 6040 be used instead. 6041 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 6042 of Argonne National Laboratory. 6043 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 6044 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 6045 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 6046 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 6047 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 6048 in Makefiles. 6049 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 6050 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 6051 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 6052 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 6053 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 6054 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 6055 NCR Corp. 6056 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 6057 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6058 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 6059 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 6060 Resource Network 6061 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 6062 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 6063 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 6064 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 6065 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 6066 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 6067 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 6068 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 6069 Corp. 6070 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 6071 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 6072 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 6073 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 6074 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 6075 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 6076 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 6077 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 6078 PlainTalk. 6079 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 6080 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 6081 by Harry Styron. 6082 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 6083 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 6084 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 6085 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 6086 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 6087 changed after open". 6088 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 6089 files. 6090 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 6091 NEW FILES: 6092 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 6093 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 6094 test/t_exclopen.c 6095 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 6096 DELETED FILES: 6097 Makefile 6098 60998.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 6100 ************************************************************* 6101 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 6102 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 6103 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 6104 * continued sendmail development. * 6105 ************************************************************* 6106 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 6107 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 6108 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 6109 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 6110 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 6111 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 6112 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 6113 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 6114 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 6115 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 6116 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 6117 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 6118 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 6119 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 6120 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 6121 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 6122 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 6123 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 6124 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 6125 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 6126 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 6127 another database; this can be used either to expose 6128 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 6129 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 6130 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 6131 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 6132 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 6133 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 6134 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 6135 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 6136 system directories. 6137 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 6138 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 6139 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 6140 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 6141 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 6142 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 6143 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 6144 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 6145 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 6146 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 6147 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 6148 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 6149 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 6150 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 6151 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 6152 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 6153 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 6154 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 6155 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 6156 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 6157 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 6158 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 6159 NFS-mounted filesystems. 6160 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 6161 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 6162 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 6163 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 6164 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 6165 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 6166 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 6167 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 6168 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 6169 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 6170 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 6171 same host). 6172 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 6173 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 6174 from Theo de Raadt. 6175 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 6176 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 6177 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6178 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 6179 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 6180 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 6181 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 6182 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 6183 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6184 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 6185 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 6186 Microsystems. 6187 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 6188 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 6189 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6190 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 6191 too large) don't send the bogus message. 6192 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 6193 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 6194 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6195 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 6196 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 6197 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 6198 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 6199 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 6200 Shapiro. 6201 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 6202 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 6203 Sun Microsystems. 6204 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 6205 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 6206 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 6207 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 6208 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 6209 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 6210 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 6211 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 6212 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 6213 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 6214 Mercury Mail. 6215 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 6216 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 6217 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 6218 Morgan Stanley. 6219 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 6220 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 6221 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 6222 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 6223 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 6224 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 6225 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 6226 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 6227 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 6228 not be run. 6229 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 6230 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 6231 printing. 6232 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 6233 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 6234 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6235 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 6236 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 6237 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 6238 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 6239 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 6240 erroneous results during a single message processing 6241 (but would recover when the next message was received). 6242 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 6243 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 6244 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 6245 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 6246 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 6247 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 6248 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 6249 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 6250 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 6251 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 6252 address as "may be forged". 6253 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 6254 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 6255 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 6256 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 6257 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 6258 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 6259 of TwinCom. 6260 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 6261 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 6262 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 6263 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 6264 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 6265 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 6266 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 6267 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 6268 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6269 Institute. 6270 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 6271 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 6272 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 6273 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 6274 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 6275 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 6276 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 6277 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 6278 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 6279 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 6280 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 6281 book (2nd edition). 6282 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 6283 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 6284 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 6285 John Beck of SunSoft. 6286 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 6287 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 6288 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 6289 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 6290 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 6291 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 6292 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 6293 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 6294 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 6295 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 6296 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 6297 returns. 6298 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 6299 on some architectures. 6300 Portability: 6301 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 6302 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 6303 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 6304 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 6305 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 6306 of Washington. 6307 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 6308 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 6309 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6310 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 6311 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 6312 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 6313 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 6314 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 6315 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 6316 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6317 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 6318 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 6319 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 6320 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 6321 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 6322 Cambridge. 6323 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 6324 Kari Hurtta. 6325 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 6326 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 6327 IRIX Makefile). 6328 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 6329 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6330 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 6331 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 6332 Brian Candler. 6333 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 6334 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 6335 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6336 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 6337 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 6338 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6339 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 6340 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 6341 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 6342 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 6343 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 6344 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6345 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 6346 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 6347 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 6348 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 6349 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 6350 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 6351 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 6352 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6353 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 6354 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 6355 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 6356 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 6357 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 6358 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 6359 was specified, even when it wasn't. 6360 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 6361 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 6362 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 6363 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 6364 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 6365 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 6366 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 6367 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 6368 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 6369 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 6370 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 6371 developers). 6372 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 6373 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 6374 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6375 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 6376 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 6377 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 6378 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 6379 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 6380 NEXTSTEP. 6381 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 6382 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 6383 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 6384 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 6385 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6386 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 6387 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 6388 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 6389 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 6390 for system accounts. 6391 NEW FILES: 6392 src/safefile.c 6393 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 6394 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 6395 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 6396 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 6397 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 6398 RENAMED FILES: 6399 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 6400 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 6401 64028.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 6403 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 6404 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 6405 even if RunAsUser is specified. 6406 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 6407 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 6408 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6409 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 6410 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 6411 University of Pennsylvania. 6412 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 6413 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 6414 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 6415 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 6416 was unnecessarily awful. 6417 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 6418 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 6419 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 6420 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 6421 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 6422 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 6423 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 6424 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 6425 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6426 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 6427 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6428 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 6429 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 6430 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6431 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 6432 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 6433 Semiconductor Corp. 6434 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 6435 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 6436 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 6437 at Austin. 6438 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 6439 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 6440 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 6441 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 6442 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6443 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 6444 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 6445 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 6446 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 6447 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 6448 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 6449 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 6450 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 6451 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 6452 Costales. 6453 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 6454 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 6455 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 6456 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 6457 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 6458 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 6459 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 6460 The current values and defaults are: 6461 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 6462 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 6463 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 6464 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 6465 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 6466 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 6467 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 6468 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 6469 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 6470 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6471 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 6472 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 6473 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 6474 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 6475 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 6476 Eric Hagberg. 6477 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 6478 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 6479 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 6480 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 6481 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 6482 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 6483 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 6484 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6485 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 6486 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 6487 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 6488 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 6489 Communications. 6490 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 6491 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 6492 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 6493 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6494 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 6495 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 6496 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 6497 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 6498 PORTABILITY: 6499 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 6500 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 6501 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 6502 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 6503 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6504 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 6505 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 6506 (Moscow). 6507 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 6508 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 6509 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 6510 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 6511 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 6512 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 6513 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 6514 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 6515 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 6516 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 6517 Received: line. 6518 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 6519 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 6520 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 6521 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 6522 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 6523 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 6524 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 6525 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 6526 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 6527 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 6528 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 6529 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 6530 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 6531 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 6532 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 6533 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 6534 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 6535 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 6536 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 6537 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 6538 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6539 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 6540 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 6541 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 6542 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 6543 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 6544 Long Beach. 6545 65468.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 6547 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 6548 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 6549 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 6550 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 6551 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 6552 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 6553 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 6554 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 6555 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 6556 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 6557 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 6558 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 6559 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 6560 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 6561 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 6562 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 6563 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 6564 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 6565 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6566 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 6567 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 6568 Problem noted by several people. 6569 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 6570 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 6571 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 6572 by several people. 6573 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 6574 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 6575 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 6576 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 6577 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 6578 of Best Internet Communications. 6579 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 6580 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 6581 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 6582 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 6583 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 6584 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 6585 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 6586 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 6587 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 6588 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 6589 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 6590 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 6591 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6592 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 6593 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 6594 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 6595 by Roy Mongiovi. 6596 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 6597 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6598 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 6599 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 6600 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 6601 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 6602 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 6603 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 6604 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 6605 of Kyoto University. 6606 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 6607 conditions from Don Lewis. 6608 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 6609 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 6610 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 6611 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 6612 patch from Bryan Costales. 6613 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6614 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 6615 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 6616 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 6617 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 6618 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 6619 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 6620 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 6621 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 6622 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 6623 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 6624 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 6625 of Tokyo. 6626 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 6627 Services, Inc. 6628 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 6629 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 6630 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 6631 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 6632 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 6633 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 6634 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 6635 than one long one. By popular demand. 6636 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 6637 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 6638 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 6639 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 6640 of NTT Software Corporation. 6641 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 6642 NEW FILES: 6643 contrib/etrn.pl 6644 66458.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 6646 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 6647 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 6648 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 6649 best-of-security list. 6650 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 6651 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 6652 should make it clearer to people that they are running 6653 the wrong binary. 6654 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 6655 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 6656 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 6657 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 6658 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 6659 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 6660 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 6661 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 6662 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6663 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 6664 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6665 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 6666 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 6667 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 6668 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 6669 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 6670 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 6671 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 6672 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 6673 Eric Wassenaar. 6674 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 6675 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 6676 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 6677 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 6678 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 6679 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 6680 UUNET. 6681 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 6682 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 6683 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 6684 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 6685 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 6686 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6687 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6688 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6689 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6690 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6691 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6692 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6693 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6694 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6695 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6696 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6697 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6698 University of Linkoping. 6699 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6700 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6701 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6702 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6703 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6704 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6705 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6706 other end. 6707 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6708 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6709 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6710 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6711 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6712 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6713 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6714 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6715 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6716 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6717 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6718 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6719 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6720 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6721 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6722 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6723 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6724 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6725 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6726 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6727 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6728 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6729 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6730 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6731 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6732 Earickson of Colby College. 6733 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6734 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6735 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6736 Kari Hurtta. 6737 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6738 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6739 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6740 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6741 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6742 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6743 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6744 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6745 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6746 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6747 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6748 University of Washington, Seattle. 6749 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6750 Polytechnic Institute. 6751 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6752 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6753 NEW FILES: 6754 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6755 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6756 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6757 67588.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6759 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6760 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6761 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6762 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6763 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6764 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6765 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6766 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6767 CONFIG: no changes. 6768 67698.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6770 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6771 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6772 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6773 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6774 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6775 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6776 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6777 of WPI. 6778 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6779 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6780 Kyoto University. 6781 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6782 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6783 on illegal host names. 6784 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6785 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6786 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6787 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6788 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6789 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6790 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6791 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6792 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6793 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6794 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6795 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6796 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6797 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6798 University of Leicester. 6799 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6800 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6801 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6802 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6803 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6804 University of Washington. 6805 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6806 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6807 people pointed this out. 6808 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6809 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6810 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6811 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6812 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6813 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6814 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6815 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6816 Softec. 6817 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6818 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6819 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6820 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6821 68228.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6823 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6824 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6825 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6826 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6827 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6828 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6829 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6830 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6831 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6832 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6833 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6834 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6835 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6836 NSC (Japan). 6837 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6838 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6839 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6840 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6841 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6842 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6843 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6844 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6845 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6846 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6847 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6848 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6849 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6850 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6851 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6852 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6853 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6854 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6855 printout. 6856 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6857 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6858 square braces. 6859 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6860 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6861 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6862 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6863 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6864 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6865 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6866 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6867 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6868 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6869 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6870 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6871 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6872 Dandelion Digital. 6873 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6874 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6875 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6876 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6877 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6878 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6879 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6880 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6881 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6882 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6883 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6884 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6885 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6886 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6887 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6888 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6889 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6890 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6891 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6892 mailers. 6893 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6894 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6895 Myers of CMU. 6896 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6897 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6898 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6899 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6900 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6901 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6902 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6903 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6904 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6905 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6906 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6907 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6908 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6909 parameter. 6910 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6911 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6912 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6913 University of Maryland. 6914 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6915 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6916 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6917 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6918 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6919 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6920 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6921 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6922 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6923 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6924 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6925 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6926 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6927 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6928 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6929 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6930 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6931 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6932 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6933 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6934 section 5.2.5. 6935 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 6936 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 6937 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 6938 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 6939 is for incoming connections only. 6940 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 6941 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 6942 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 6943 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 6944 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 6945 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 6946 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 6947 (e.g., due to connection caching). 6948 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 6949 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 6950 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 6951 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 6952 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 6953 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 6954 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 6955 that take a very long time to run. 6956 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 6957 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 6958 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 6959 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 6960 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 6961 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6962 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 6963 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 6964 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6965 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 6966 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 6967 Costales. 6968 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 6969 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 6970 Technologies, Inc. 6971 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 6972 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 6973 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 6974 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 6975 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 6976 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 6977 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 6978 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 6979 different for this case. 6980 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 6981 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 6982 of Stanford University. 6983 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 6984 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 6985 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 6986 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6987 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 6988 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 6989 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 6990 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 6991 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 6992 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6993 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 6994 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 6995 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 6996 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 6997 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 6998 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 6999 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 7000 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 7001 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 7002 Pasteur Institute. 7003 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 7004 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 7005 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 7006 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 7007 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 7008 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 7009 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 7010 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 7011 canonification. 7012 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 7013 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 7014 mailers. 7015 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 7016 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 7017 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 7018 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 7019 either of these in their configuration file. 7020 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 7021 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 7022 St. Peter's College. 7023 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 7024 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 7025 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 7026 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7027 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 7028 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7029 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 7030 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 7031 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 7032 Costales. 7033 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 7034 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 7035 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 7036 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 7037 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 7038 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 7039 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 7040 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 7041 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 7042 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 7043 in rulesets. 7044 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 7045 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 7046 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 7047 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 7048 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 7049 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 7050 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 7051 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 7052 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 7053 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 7054 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 7055 on that basis. 7056 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 7057 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 7058 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 7059 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 7060 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 7061 Vixie. 7062 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 7063 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 7064 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 7065 See also the src/READ_ME file. 7066 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 7067 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 7068 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 7069 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 7070 two characters $, +. 7071 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 7072 debug_dumpstate. 7073 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 7074 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 7075 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 7076 valid recipients. 7077 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 7078 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 7079 noted by Tom May. 7080 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 7081 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 7082 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 7083 Beck of InReference, Inc. 7084 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 7085 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 7086 Computing Corporation. 7087 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 7088 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 7089 Internet Communications. 7090 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 7091 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 7092 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 7093 of Lysator. 7094 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 7095 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 7096 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 7097 of the University of Iceland. 7098 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 7099 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 7100 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 7101 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 7102 this change is a no-op. 7103 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 7104 Costales. 7105 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 7106 Bryan Costales. 7107 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 7108 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 7109 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 7110 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7111 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 7112 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7113 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 7114 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 7115 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 7116 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7117 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 7118 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 7119 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 7120 Jones of UUNET. 7121 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 7122 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 7123 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7124 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 7125 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 7126 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 7127 easily determine what messages are to their role as 7128 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 7129 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 7130 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 7131 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 7132 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 7133 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 7134 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 7135 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 7136 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 7137 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 7138 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 7139 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 7140 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 7141 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 7142 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 7143 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 7144 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 7145 of Stanford University. 7146 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 7147 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 7148 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 7149 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 7150 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 7151 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 7152 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 7153 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 7154 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 7155 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 7156 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 7157 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 7158 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7159 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 7160 Motonori Nakamura. 7161 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 7162 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 7163 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 7164 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 7165 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 7166 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 7167 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 7168 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 7169 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 7170 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 7171 value is ".hoststat". 7172 There are also two new operation modes: 7173 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 7174 connections. 7175 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 7176 recent status information. 7177 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 7178 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 7179 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 7180 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 7181 framework is gratefully appreciated. 7182 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 7183 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 7184 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 7185 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 7186 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 7187 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 7188 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 7189 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 7190 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 7191 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 7192 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 7193 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 7194 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 7195 Costales. 7196 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 7197 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7198 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 7199 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 7200 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 7201 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7202 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 7203 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 7204 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 7205 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 7206 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 7207 Webmasters. 7208 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 7209 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 7210 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 7211 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 7212 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 7213 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 7214 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 7215 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 7216 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 7217 of Washington, Seattle. 7218 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 7219 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 7220 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 7221 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 7222 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 7223 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 7224 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 7225 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 7226 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 7227 Nakamura. 7228 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 7229 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 7230 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 7231 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 7232 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 7233 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 7234 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 7235 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 7236 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 7237 well constrained. 7238 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 7239 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 7240 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 7241 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 7242 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 7243 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 7244 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 7245 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 7246 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 7247 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 7248 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 7249 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 7250 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 7251 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 7252 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 7253 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 7254 Wolfhugel. 7255 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 7256 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 7257 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 7258 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 7259 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7260 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 7261 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7262 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 7263 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 7264 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 7265 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 7266 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 7267 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 7268 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 7269 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 7270 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 7271 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 7272 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 7273 National University of Singapore. 7274 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 7275 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 7276 system can't cope with. 7277 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7278 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 7279 Atlas International. 7280 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 7281 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 7282 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 7283 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 7284 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 7285 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 7286 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 7287 Bernstein and Associates. 7288 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 7289 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 7290 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 7291 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 7292 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7293 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 7294 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 7295 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 7296 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 7297 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 7298 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 7299 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 7300 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 7301 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 7302 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 7303 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 7304 Institute. 7305 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 7306 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 7307 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 7308 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 7309 Employment Standards Administration. 7310 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 7311 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 7312 Jr. 7313 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 7314 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 7315 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 7316 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 7317 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 7318 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 7319 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 7320 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 7321 of the University of Arizona. 7322 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 7323 Vanderbilt University. 7324 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 7325 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 7326 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 7327 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 7328 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 7329 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7330 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 7331 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 7332 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 7333 Foundation. 7334 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 7335 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 7336 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 7337 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 7338 Myers of CMU. 7339 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 7340 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 7341 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 7342 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 7343 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 7344 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 7345 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 7346 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 7347 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 7348 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 7349 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 7350 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 7351 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 7352 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 7353 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 7354 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 7355 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 7356 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7357 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 7358 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 7359 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 7360 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 7361 info@foo.com foo-info 7362 info@bar.com bar-info 7363 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 7364 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 7365 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 7366 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 7367 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 7368 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 7369 a great many people. 7370 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 7371 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 7372 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 7373 "fax" mailer. 7374 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 7375 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 7376 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 7377 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 7378 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 7379 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 7380 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 7381 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 7382 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 7383 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 7384 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 7385 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 7386 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 7387 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 7388 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 7389 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 7390 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 7391 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 7392 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 7393 of WPI. 7394 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 7395 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 7396 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7397 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 7398 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 7399 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 7400 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 7401 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 7402 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 7403 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 7404 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 7405 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 7406 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 7407 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 7408 by Andreas Luik. 7409 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 7410 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 7411 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 7412 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 7413 Wolfhugel. 7414 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 7415 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 7416 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 7417 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 7418 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 7419 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 7420 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 7421 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 7422 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 7423 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 7424 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 7425 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 7426 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 7427 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 7428 Costales. 7429 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7430 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 7431 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 7432 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7433 NEW FILES: 7434 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 7435 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 7436 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 7437 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 7438 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 7439 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 7440 mailstats/mailstats.8 7441 praliases/praliases.8 7442 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 7443 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 7444 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 7445 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 7446 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 7447 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 7448 cf/ostype/altos.m4 7449 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 7450 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 7451 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 7452 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 7453 DELETED FILES: 7454 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 7455 contrib/xla/README 7456 contrib/xla/xla.c 7457 RENAMED FILES: 7458 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 7459 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 7460 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 7461 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 7462 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 7463 74648.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 7465 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 7466 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 7467 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 7468 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 7469 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 7470 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 7471 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 7472 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 7473 74748.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 7475 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 7476 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 7477 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 7478 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 7479 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 7480 and others. 7481 74828.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 7483 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7484 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7485 any user (except root). 7486 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7487 version number is unchanged. 7488 74898.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 7490 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 7491 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 7492 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7493 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 7494 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 7495 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 7496 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 7497 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 7498 Costales. 7499 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7500 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 7501 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 7502 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 7503 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 7504 Stanford University. 7505 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 7506 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7507 75088.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 7509 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 7510 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 7511 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 7512 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 7513 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 7514 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 7515 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 7516 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 7517 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 7518 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 7519 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 7520 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 7521 by Kari Hurtta. 7522 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 7523 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 7524 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 7525 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 7526 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 7527 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 7528 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 7529 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 7530 bounces when it should have requeued. 7531 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 7532 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 7533 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 7534 John Hawkinson of Panix. 7535 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 7536 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 7537 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 7538 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 7539 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 7540 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 7541 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 7542 Infobiogen. 7543 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 7544 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 7545 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 7546 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 7547 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 7548 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 7549 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 7550 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 7551 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 7552 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7553 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 7554 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 7555 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7556 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 7557 underscores. 7558 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 7559 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 7560 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7561 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 7562 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 7563 included even if the user did not request success notification, 7564 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7565 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 7566 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 7567 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 7568 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 7569 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 7570 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 7571 Costales of ICSI. 7572 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 7573 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 7574 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 7575 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 7576 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 7577 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 7578 Technological University. 7579 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 7580 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 7581 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 7582 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7583 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 7584 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 7585 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 7586 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 7587 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 7588 to have the database format of the alias files without the 7589 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 7590 Inc. 7591 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 7592 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 7593 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 7594 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 7595 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 7596 University. 7597 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 7598 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 7599 Association for Progressive Communications. 7600 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 7601 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 7602 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 7603 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 7604 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 7605 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 7606 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 7607 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7608 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 7609 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 7610 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 7611 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 7612 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 7613 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 7614 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 7615 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 7616 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 7617 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 7618 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7619 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 7620 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 7621 James B. Davis of TCI. 7622 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 7623 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7624 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 7625 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 7626 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 7627 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 7628 isn't supported on all compilers. 7629 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 7630 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 7631 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 7632 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 7633 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 7634 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 7635 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 7636 (France). 7637 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 7638 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 7639 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 7640 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 7641 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 7642 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 7643 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 7644 for different files. 7645 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 7646 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 7647 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7648 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 7649 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 7650 changes). 7651 76528.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 7653 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 7654 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 7655 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 7656 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7657 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 7658 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 7659 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 7660 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 7661 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 7662 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7663 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 7664 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 7665 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 7666 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 7667 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 7668 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 7669 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 7670 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 7671 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 7672 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 7673 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 7674 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 7675 results. This could have security implications. 7676 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 7677 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 7678 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 7679 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 7680 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 7681 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 7682 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 7683 Elz. 7684 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 7685 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 7686 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7687 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7688 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7689 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7690 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7691 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7692 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7693 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7694 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7695 domain names are your friends. 7696 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7697 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7698 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7699 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7700 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7701 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7702 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7703 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7704 of TerraNet. 7705 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7706 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7707 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7708 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7709 of WPI. 7710 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7711 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7712 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7713 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7714 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7715 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7716 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7717 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7718 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7719 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7720 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7721 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7722 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7723 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7724 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7725 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7726 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7727 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7728 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7729 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7730 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7731 Infobiogen (France). 7732 NEW FILES: 7733 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7734 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7735 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7736 77378.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7738 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7739 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7740 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7741 Global Communications. 7742 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7743 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7744 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7745 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7746 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7747 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7748 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7749 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7750 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7751 can be confusing. 7752 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7753 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7754 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7755 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7756 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7757 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7758 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7759 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7760 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7761 Maryland. 7762 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7763 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7764 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7765 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7766 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7767 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7768 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7769 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7770 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7771 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7772 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7773 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7774 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7775 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7776 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7777 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7778 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7779 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7780 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7781 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7782 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7783 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7784 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7785 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7786 Swarthmore University. 7787 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7788 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7789 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7790 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7791 ruleset. 7792 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7793 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7794 -d debug flag. 7795 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7796 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7797 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7798 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7799 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7800 and the parsed address. 7801 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7802 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7803 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7804 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7805 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7806 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7807 recipients. 7808 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7809 return the result. 7810 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7811 `mapname' and return the result. 7812 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7813 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7814 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7815 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7816 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7817 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7818 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7819 that functionality. 7820 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7821 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7822 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7823 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7824 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7825 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7826 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7827 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7828 of Michigan Technological University. 7829 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7830 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7831 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7832 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7833 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7834 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7835 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7836 or not. 7837 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7838 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7839 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7840 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7841 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7842 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7843 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7844 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7845 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7846 should have minimal impact on external function. 7847 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7848 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7849 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7850 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7851 7 SevenBitInput 7852 8 EightBitMode 7853 A AliasFile 7854 a AliasWait 7855 B BlankSub 7856 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7857 C CheckpointInterval 7858 c HoldExpensive 7859 D AutoRebuildAliases 7860 d DeliveryMode 7861 E ErrorHeader 7862 e ErrorMode 7863 f SaveFromLine 7864 F TempFileMode 7865 G MatchGECOS 7866 H HelpFile 7867 h MaxHopCount 7868 i IgnoreDots 7869 I ResolverOptions 7870 J ForwardPath 7871 j SendMimeErrors 7872 k ConnectionCacheSize 7873 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7874 L LogLevel 7875 l UseErrorsTo 7876 m MeToo 7877 n CheckAliases 7878 O DaemonPortOptions 7879 o OldStyleHeaders 7880 P PostmasterCopy 7881 p PrivacyOptions 7882 Q QueueDirectory 7883 q QueueFactor 7884 R DontPruneRoutes 7885 r, T Timeout 7886 S StatusFile 7887 s SuperSafe 7888 t TimeZoneSpec 7889 u DefaultUser 7890 U UserDatabaseSpec 7891 V FallbackMXHost 7892 v Verbose 7893 w TryNullMXList 7894 x QueueLA 7895 X RefuseLA 7896 Y ForkEachJob 7897 y RecipientFactor 7898 z ClassFactor 7899 Z RetryFactor 7900 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7901 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7902 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7903 $l UnixFromLine 7904 $o OperatorChars 7905 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7906 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7907 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7908 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7909 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7910 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7911 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7912 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7913 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7914 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7915 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7916 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7917 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7918 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7919 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7920 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7921 A Addresses are aliasable. 7922 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7923 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7924 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7925 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7926 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7927 recipient mailer flags. 7928 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7929 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7930 delivery. 7931 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7932 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7933 : Check for :include: on this address. 7934 | Check for |program on this address. 7935 / Check for /file on this address. 7936 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 7937 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 7938 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 7939 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 7940 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 7941 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 7942 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7943 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 7944 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 7945 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 7946 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 7947 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 7948 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 7949 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 7950 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 7951 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 7952 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 7953 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 7954 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 7955 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 7956 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 7957 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 7958 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 7959 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 7960 (essentially, the full MIME option). 7961 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 7962 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 7963 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 7964 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 7965 flag is ignored. 7966 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 7967 the setting of F=8. 7968 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 7969 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 7970 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 7971 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 7972 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 7973 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 7974 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 7975 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 7976 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 7977 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 7978 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 7979 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 7980 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 7981 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 7982 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 7983 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 7984 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 7985 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 7986 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 7987 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 7988 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 7989 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 7990 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 7991 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 7992 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 7993 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 7994 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 7995 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 7996 Unicom. 7997 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 7998 fashion as the U= mailer option. 7999 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 8000 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 8001 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 8002 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 8003 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 8004 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 8005 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 8006 from Chip Rosenthal. 8007 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 8008 For example, 8009 O Timeout.helo = 2m 8010 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 8011 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 8012 set them both the preferred new syntax is 8013 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 8014 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 8015 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 8016 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 8017 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 8018 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 8019 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 8020 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 8021 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 8022 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 8023 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 8024 contribution was to make it configurable). 8025 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 8026 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 8027 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 8028 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 8029 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 8030 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 8031 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 8032 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 8033 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 8034 I/O redirection. 8035 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 8036 can be confusing. 8037 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 8038 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 8039 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 8040 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 8041 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 8042 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 8043 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 8044 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 8045 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 8046 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 8047 queue-only. 8048 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 8049 :include: and .forward files. 8050 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 8051 key field name, the value field name, and the field 8052 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 8053 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 8054 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 8055 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 8056 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8057 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 8058 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 8059 Sun Microsystems. 8060 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 8061 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 8062 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 8063 Hutton of Indiana University. 8064 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 8065 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 8066 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 8067 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 8068 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 8069 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 8070 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 8071 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 8072 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 8073 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 8074 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 8075 as comments. 8076 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 8077 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 8078 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 8079 are from sysexits.h. 8080 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 8081 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 8082 Kmap1 ... 8083 Kmap2 ... 8084 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 8085 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 8086 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 8087 map2 is searched and the value returned. 8088 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 8089 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 8090 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 8091 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 8092 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 8093 For example, if the declaration of the map is 8094 Ksample switch hosts 8095 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 8096 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 8097 equivalent to 8098 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 8099 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 8100 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 8101 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 8102 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 8103 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 8104 the -m (matchonly) flag. 8105 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 8106 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 8107 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 8108 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 8109 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 8110 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 8111 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 8112 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 8113 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 8114 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 8115 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 8116 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 8117 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 8118 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 8119 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 8120 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 8121 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 8122 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 8123 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 8124 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 8125 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 8126 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 8127 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 8128 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 8129 an /etc/hosts entry reads 8130 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 8131 this change will use the second name as the canonical 8132 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 8133 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 8134 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 8135 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 8136 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 8137 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 8138 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 8139 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 8140 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 8141 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 8142 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 8143 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 8144 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 8145 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 8146 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 8147 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 8148 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8149 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 8150 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 8151 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 8152 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 8153 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 8154 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 8155 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 8156 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 8157 much longer than the specified timeout. 8158 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 8159 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 8160 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 8161 denial-of-service attack. 8162 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 8163 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 8164 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8165 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 8166 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 8167 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 8168 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 8169 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 8170 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 8171 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 8172 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 8173 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 8174 actually file lookups. 8175 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 8176 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 8177 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 8178 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 8179 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 8180 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 8181 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 8182 support for them has been removed. 8183 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 8184 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 8185 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 8186 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 8187 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 8188 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 8189 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 8190 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 8191 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 8192 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 8193 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 8194 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 8195 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 8196 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 8197 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 8198 also improves the connection cache utilization. 8199 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 8200 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 8201 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 8202 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 8203 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 8204 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 8205 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 8206 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 8207 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 8208 Microsystems. 8209 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 8210 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 8211 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 8212 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 8213 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 8214 option can give the network software time to establish 8215 the link. The default units are seconds. 8216 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 8217 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 8218 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 8219 Defense Information Systems Agency. 8220 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 8221 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 8222 the National Computer Security Center. 8223 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 8224 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 8225 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 8226 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 8227 the mailprio scripts (see below). 8228 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 8229 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 8230 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 8231 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 8232 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 8233 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 8234 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 8235 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 8236 University Computing Service. 8237 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 8238 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 8239 the University of Kentucky. 8240 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 8241 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 8242 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 8243 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 8244 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 8245 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 8246 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 8247 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 8248 Corporation. 8249 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 8250 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 8251 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 8252 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 8253 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 8254 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 8255 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 8256 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 8257 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 8258 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 8259 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 8260 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 8261 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 8262 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 8263 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 8264 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 8265 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 8266 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 8267 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 8268 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 8269 Communications. 8270 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 8271 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 8272 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 8273 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 8274 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 8275 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 8276 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 8277 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 8278 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 8279 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 8280 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 8281 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8282 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 8283 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 8284 on values: 8285 None Leave the message as is. The 8286 message will be passed on even 8287 though it is in technically 8288 illegal syntax. 8289 Add-To Add a To: header with any 8290 recipients that it can find from 8291 the envelope. This risks exposing 8292 Bcc: recipients. 8293 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 8294 has almost no redeeming social value, 8295 and is provided only for back 8296 compatibility. 8297 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 8298 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 8299 which will have the effect of 8300 making the message legal without 8301 exposing Bcc: recipients. 8302 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 8303 There is a chance that mailers down 8304 the line will delete this header, 8305 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 8306 recipients. 8307 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 8308 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 8309 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 8310 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 8311 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 8312 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 8313 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 8314 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 8315 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 8316 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 8317 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 8318 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 8319 For example, if you run with 8320 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 8321 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 8322 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 8323 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 8324 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 8325 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 8326 entries. For example, given the aliases: 8327 list: member1 8328 list: member2 8329 and an alias file declared as: 8330 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 8331 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 8332 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 8333 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8334 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 8335 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 8336 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 8337 Johannesen. 8338 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 8339 to be simpler and more consistent. 8340 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 8341 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 8342 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 8343 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 8344 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 8345 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 8346 This may affect some people who have written their own 8347 checkcompat() routine. 8348 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 8349 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 8350 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 8351 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 8352 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 8353 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 8354 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 8355 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 8356 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 8357 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 8358 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 8359 Corporation. 8360 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 8361 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 8362 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 8363 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 8364 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 8365 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 8366 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 8367 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 8368 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 8369 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 8370 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 8371 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 8372 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 8373 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 8374 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 8375 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 8376 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 8377 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 8378 the header. 8379 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8380 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 8381 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 8382 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 8383 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 8384 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 8385 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 8386 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 8387 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 8388 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 8389 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 8390 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 8391 is added between the first and second word of the first 8392 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 8393 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 8394 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 8395 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 8396 old sendmails understand. 8397 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 8398 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 8399 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 8400 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 8401 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 8402 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 8403 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 8404 data -- for example, 8405 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 8406 (romanized/less information) 8407 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 8408 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 8409 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 8410 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 8411 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 8412 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 8413 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 8414 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 8415 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 8416 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 8417 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 8418 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 8419 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 8420 Eric Prestemon of American University. 8421 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 8422 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 8423 increment on the background value). 8424 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 8425 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 8426 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8427 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 8428 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 8429 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 8430 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 8431 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 8432 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 8433 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 8434 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 8435 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 8436 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 8437 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 8438 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 8439 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 8440 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 8441 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 8442 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 8443 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 8444 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 8445 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 8446 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 8447 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 8448 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 8449 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 8450 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 8451 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 8452 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 8453 service type is "files". 8454 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 8455 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 8456 into class "c". 8457 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 8458 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 8459 contributed by SunSoft. 8460 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 8461 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 8462 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 8463 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 8464 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 8465 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 8466 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 8467 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 8468 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 8469 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 8470 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 8471 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 8472 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 8473 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8474 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 8475 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 8476 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 8477 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 8478 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 8479 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 8480 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 8481 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 8482 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 8483 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 8484 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 8485 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 8486 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 8487 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 8488 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 8489 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 8490 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 8491 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 8492 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 8493 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 8494 flags. 8495 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 8496 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 8497 Motonori Nakamura. 8498 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 8499 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 8500 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 8501 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 8502 of MIT. 8503 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 8504 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 8505 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 8506 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 8507 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 8508 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 8509 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 8510 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 8511 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 8512 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 8513 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 8514 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 8515 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 8516 the make. 8517 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 8518 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 8519 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 8520 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 8521 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 8522 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 8523 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 8524 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 8525 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 8526 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 8527 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 8528 of Sun Microsystems. 8529 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 8530 is at least 50% faster. 8531 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 8532 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 8533 University. 8534 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 8535 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8536 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 8537 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 8538 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 8539 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 8540 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 8541 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 8542 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 8543 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 8544 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 8545 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 8546 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 8547 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 8548 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 8549 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 8550 Carnegie Mellon. 8551 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 8552 support. 8553 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 8554 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 8555 Global Information Solutions. 8556 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 8557 From Motonori Nakamura. 8558 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 8559 Motonori Nakamura. 8560 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 8561 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 8562 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 8563 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 8564 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 8565 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 8566 James of British Telecom. 8567 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 8568 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 8569 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 8570 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 8571 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 8572 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 8573 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 8574 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 8575 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 8576 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 8577 a bad guy can read your private files. 8578 PORTABILITY FIXES: 8579 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 8580 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 8581 University. This expands the disk size 8582 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 8583 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 8584 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 8585 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 8586 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 8587 Linux Makefile typo. 8588 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 8589 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 8590 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 8591 University, Chico. 8592 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 8593 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 8594 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 8595 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 8596 This requires adaptation of code that really 8597 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 8598 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 8599 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 8600 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 8601 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 8602 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 8603 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 8604 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 8605 problems. 8606 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 8607 match all the other configuration files. Fix 8608 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 8609 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 8610 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 8611 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 8612 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 8613 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 8614 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 8615 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 8616 Wemm of DIALix. 8617 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 8618 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 8619 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 8620 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 8621 of Ohio State University. 8622 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 8623 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 8624 University. 8625 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 8626 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 8627 Mainz. 8628 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 8629 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 8630 wrong statfs call). 8631 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 8632 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 8633 University. 8634 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8635 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 8636 Rochester Medical Center. 8637 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 8638 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 8639 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 8640 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 8641 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 8642 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 8643 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 8644 Division. 8645 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 8646 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 8647 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 8648 Durand of I.M.A.G. 8649 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 8650 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 8651 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 8652 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 8653 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 8654 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 8655 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8656 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 8657 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 8658 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 8659 of Meteo France. 8660 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 8661 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 8662 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 8663 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 8664 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 8665 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 8666 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 8667 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 8668 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 8669 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 8670 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 8671 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 8672 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 8673 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 8674 of Colorado. 8675 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 8676 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 8677 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 8678 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 8679 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 8680 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 8681 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 8682 on the file, but it should be quite small. 8683 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 8684 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 8685 giving the local administrator more control over what 8686 programs can be run from sendmail. 8687 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8688 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8689 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8690 never will. 8691 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8692 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8693 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8694 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8695 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8696 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8697 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8698 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8699 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8700 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8701 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8702 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8703 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8704 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8705 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8706 or 8707 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8708 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8709 can use: 8710 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8711 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8712 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8713 compatibility. 8714 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8715 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8716 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8717 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8718 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8719 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8720 County. 8721 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8722 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8723 just unqualified ones. 8724 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8725 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8726 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8727 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8728 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8729 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8730 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8731 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8732 centralized hub. 8733 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8734 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8735 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8736 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8737 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8738 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8739 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8740 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8741 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8742 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8743 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8744 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8745 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8746 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8747 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8748 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8749 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8750 but it is a no-op. 8751 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8752 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8753 as User Unknown. 8754 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8755 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8756 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8757 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8758 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8759 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8760 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8761 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8762 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8763 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8764 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8765 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8766 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8767 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8768 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8769 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8770 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8771 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8772 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8773 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8774 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8775 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8776 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8777 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8778 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8779 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8780 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8781 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8782 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8783 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8784 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8785 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8786 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8787 assumed. 8788 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8789 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8790 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8791 Information Systems Agency. 8792 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8793 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8794 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8795 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8796 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8797 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8798 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8799 that really can be used in the real world. 8800 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8801 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8802 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8803 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8804 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8805 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8806 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8807 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8808 by Scott Hutton. 8809 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8810 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8811 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8812 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8813 people. 8814 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8815 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8816 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8817 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8818 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8819 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8820 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8821 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8822 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8823 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8824 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8825 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8826 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8827 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8828 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8829 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8830 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8831 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8832 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8833 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8834 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8835 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8836 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8837 by Kimmo Suominen. 8838 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8839 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8840 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8841 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8842 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8843 NEW FILES: 8844 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8845 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8846 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8847 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8848 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8849 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8850 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8851 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8852 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8853 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8854 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8855 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8856 cf/domain/generic.m4 8857 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8858 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8859 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8860 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8861 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8862 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8863 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8864 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8865 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8866 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8867 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8868 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8869 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8870 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8871 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8872 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8873 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8874 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8875 contrib/bsdi.mc 8876 contrib/mailprio 8877 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8878 mail.local/mail.local.0 8879 makemap/makemap.0 8880 smrsh/README 8881 smrsh/smrsh.0 8882 smrsh/smrsh.8 8883 smrsh/smrsh.c 8884 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8885 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8886 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8887 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8888 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8889 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8890 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8891 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8892 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8893 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8894 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8895 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8896 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8897 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8898 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8899 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8900 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8901 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8902 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8903 src/aliases.0 8904 src/mailq.0 8905 src/mime.c 8906 src/newaliases.0 8907 src/sendmail.0 8908 test/t_seteuid.c 8909 RENAMED FILES: 8910 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8911 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8912 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8913 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8914 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8915 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8916 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8917 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8918 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8919 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8920 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8921 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8922 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8923 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8924 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8925 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8926 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8927 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8928 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8929 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8930 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8931 OBSOLETED FILES: 8932 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8933 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8934 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8935 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 8936 cf/cf/knecht.mc 8937 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 8938 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 8939 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 8940 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8941 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8942 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 8943 contrib/rcpt-streaming 8944 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8945 89468.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 8947 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 8948 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 8949 any user (except root). 8950 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 8951 version number is unchanged. 8952 89538.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 8954 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 8955 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 8956 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 8957 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 8958 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 8959 each other!). 8960 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 8961 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 8962 than fork(). 8963 89648.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 8965 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 8966 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 8967 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 8968 message when attempted from IDENT. 8969 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 8970 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 8971 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 8972 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 8973 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 8974 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 8975 partial lines. 8976 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 8977 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 8978 Rob McMahon. 8979 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 8980 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 8981 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 8982 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 8983 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 8984 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 8985 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 8986 Novell Labs Europe. 8987 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 8988 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 8989 Cal State Chico. 8990 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 8991 *Hobbit*. 8992 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 8993 and Liudvikas Bukys. 8994 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 8995 from Spider Boardman. 8996 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8997 with the binaries). 8998 89998.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 9000 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 9001 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 9002 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 9003 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 9004 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 9005 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 9006 implications. 9007 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 9008 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 9009 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 9010 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 9011 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 9012 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 9013 University of Texas. 9014 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 9015 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 9016 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 9017 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 9018 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 9019 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 9020 Data General. 9021 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 9022 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 9023 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 9024 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 9025 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 9026 with a lot of arguments). 9027 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 9028 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 9029 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 9030 Michigan. 9031 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 9032 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 9033 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 9034 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 9035 Thibault. 9036 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 9037 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 9038 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 9039 some of the map code. 9040 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 9041 with the binaries). 9042 90438.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 9044 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 9045 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 9046 may have some security implications. 9047 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 9048 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 9049 Hill of the University of Iowa. 9050 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 9051 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 9052 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 9053 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 9054 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 9055 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 9056 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 9057 option. 9058 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 9059 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 9060 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 9061 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 9062 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 9063 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 9064 Rochester. 9065 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 9066 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 9067 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 9068 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 9069 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 9070 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 9071 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 9072 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 9073 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 9074 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 9075 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 9076 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 9077 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 9078 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 9079 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 9080 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 9081 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 9082 messages. 9083 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 9084 message to explain how much space was available and 9085 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 9086 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 9087 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 9088 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 9089 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 9090 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 9091 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 9092 moves things more towards what will probably become a 9093 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 9094 Kapor Enterprises. 9095 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 9096 without recompiling. 9097 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 9098 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 9099 purely cosmetic. 9100 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 9101 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 9102 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 9103 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 9104 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 9105 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 9106 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 9107 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 9108 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 9109 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 9110 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 9111 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 9112 Wolfhugel. 9113 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 9114 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 9115 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 9116 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 9117 refused" response, and that the connection can be 9118 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 9119 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 9120 size around and can never start listening to connections 9121 again. The down side is that someone could start up 9122 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 9123 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 9124 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 9125 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 9126 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 9127 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 9128 implications. 9129 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 9130 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 9131 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 9132 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 9133 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 9134 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 9135 doc directory. This includes some additional 9136 information. 9137 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 9138 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 9139 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 9140 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 9141 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 9142 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 9143 loop the mail, which was bad news. 9144 Portability fixes: 9145 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 9146 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 9147 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 9148 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 9149 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9150 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 9151 Newcastle upon Tyne. 9152 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 9153 Corporation. 9154 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 9155 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 9156 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9157 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 9158 New Files: 9159 src/Makefile.CLIX 9160 src/Makefile.NCR3000 9161 doc/changes/Makefile 9162 doc/changes/changes.me 9163 doc/changes/changes.ps 9164 91658.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 9166 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 9167 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 9168 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 9169 91708.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 9171 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 9172 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 9173 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 9174 list. 9175 91768.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 9177 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 9178 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 9179 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 9180 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 9181 valid shell. 9182 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 9183 in the connection cache for a long time under some 9184 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 9185 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 9186 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 9187 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 9188 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 9189 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 9190 from a local user to another local user. From 9191 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9192 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 9193 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 9194 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9195 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 9196 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 9197 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 9198 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 9199 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 9200 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 9201 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 9202 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 9203 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 9204 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 9205 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 9206 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 9207 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 9208 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 9209 BSD-like system. 9210 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 9211 protocol entirely. 9212 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 9213 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 9214 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 9215 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 9216 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 9217 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 9218 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 9219 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 9220 files. 9221 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 9222 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 9223 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 9224 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 9225 of CMU. 9226 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 9227 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 9228 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 9229 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 9230 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 9231 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 9232 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 9233 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 9234 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 9235 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 9236 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 9237 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 9238 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 9239 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 9240 security implications. Suggested by several people. 9241 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 9242 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 9243 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 9244 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 9245 Motonori Nakamura. 9246 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 9247 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 9248 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 9249 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 9250 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 9251 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 9252 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9253 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 9254 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 9255 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 9256 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 9257 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 9258 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 9259 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 9260 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 9261 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 9262 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 9263 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 9264 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 9265 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 9266 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9267 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 9268 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 9269 didn't see the class items being added. 9270 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 9271 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 9272 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 9273 Rutgers. 9274 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 9275 but sets h_errno to a success value. 9276 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 9277 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 9278 address specified in the P option). This fix should 9279 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 9280 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 9281 the problem myself. 9282 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 9283 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 9284 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 9285 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 9286 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 9287 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 9288 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 9289 UUNET. 9290 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 9291 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 9292 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 9293 John Oleynick. 9294 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 9295 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 9296 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 9297 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 9298 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 9299 Nakamura. 9300 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 9301 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 9302 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 9303 University of Washington. 9304 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 9305 don't have an ``=value'' part. 9306 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 9307 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 9308 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 9309 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 9310 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 9311 of Cambridge University. 9312 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 9313 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 9314 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 9315 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 9316 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 9317 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 9318 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 9319 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 9320 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 9321 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 9322 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 9323 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 9324 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 9325 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 9326 a chance. 9327 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 9328 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 9329 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 9330 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 9331 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 9332 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 9333 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 9334 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 9335 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 9336 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 9337 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 9338 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 9339 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 9340 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 9341 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 9342 size for various mailers. 9343 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 9344 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 9345 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9346 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 9347 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 9348 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 9349 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 9350 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 9351 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 9352 system. 9353 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 9354 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 9355 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 9356 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 9357 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 9358 Michel of Thomson CSF. 9359 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 9360 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 9361 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 9362 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 9363 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 9364 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 9365 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 9366 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 9367 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 9368 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 9369 University of Sydney. 9370 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 9371 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 9372 This is because of the known bug where definition of 9373 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 9374 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 9375 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 9376 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 9377 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 9378 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 9379 Suominen. 9380 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 9381 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 9382 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 9383 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 9384 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 9385 Suominen. 9386 Portability fixes: 9387 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 9388 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 9389 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 9390 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 9391 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 9392 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 9393 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 9394 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 9395 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 9396 NEW FILES: 9397 src/Makefile.DomainOS 9398 src/Makefile.PTX 9399 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 9400 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 9401 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 9402 src/mailq.1 9403 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 9404 doc/op/Makefile 9405 doc/intro/Makefile 9406 doc/usenix/Makefile 9407 94088.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 9409 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 9410 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 9411 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 9412 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 9413 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 9414 permissions they should not have had (usually group 9415 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 9416 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 9417 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 9418 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 9419 Although this does not respond to a specific known 9420 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 9421 Christian Wettergren. 9422 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 9423 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 9424 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 9425 program by putting that in their .forward file. 9426 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 9427 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 9428 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 9429 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 9430 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 9431 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 9432 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 9433 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 9434 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 9435 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 9436 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 9437 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 9438 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 9439 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 9440 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 9441 connection to create problems on the current job. 9442 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 9443 the wrong place. 9444 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 9445 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 9446 problem that ignored the load average in locally 9447 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 9448 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 9449 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 9450 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 9451 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 9452 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 9453 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 9454 when sending error messages. This resulted in 9455 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 9456 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 9457 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 9458 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 9459 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 9460 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9461 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 9462 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 9463 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 9464 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 9465 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 9466 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 9467 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 9468 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 9469 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 9470 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 9471 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 9472 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 9473 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 9474 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 9475 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 9476 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 9477 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 9478 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 9479 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 9480 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 9481 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 9482 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 9483 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 9484 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 9485 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 9486 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 9487 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 9488 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 9489 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 9490 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 9491 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 9492 dot convention. 9493 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 9494 of from a clean exit. 9495 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 9496 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 9497 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 9498 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 9499 as the subject of an error message, even though the 9500 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 9501 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 9502 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 9503 Jones of UUNET. 9504 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 9505 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 9506 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 9507 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 9508 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 9509 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 9510 says that they should be ignored. 9511 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 9512 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 9513 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 9514 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 9515 is not reentrant. 9516 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 9517 documented in the Bat Book. 9518 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 9519 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 9520 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 9521 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 9522 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 9523 code during some parts of connection initialization. 9524 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 9525 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 9526 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 9527 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 9528 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9529 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 9530 of Kyoto University. 9531 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 9532 From P{r Emanuelsson. 9533 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 9534 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 9535 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 9536 Bryan Costales. 9537 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 9538 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 9539 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 9540 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 9541 Nakamura. 9542 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 9543 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 9544 illegal addresses appearing there). 9545 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 9546 BB&N. 9547 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 9548 included. 9549 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 9550 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 9551 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 9552 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 9553 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 9554 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 9555 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 9556 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 9557 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 9558 by the other end closing the connection. From 9559 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 9560 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 9561 to include a host name or other useful information. 9562 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 9563 DeMarco. 9564 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 9565 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 9566 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 9567 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 9568 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 9569 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 9570 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 9571 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 9572 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 9573 this properly). 9574 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 9575 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 9576 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 9577 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 9578 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 9579 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 9580 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 9581 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 9582 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 9583 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 9584 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 9585 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 9586 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 9587 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 9588 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 9589 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 9590 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 9591 of the Institute for Global Communications. 9592 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 9593 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 9594 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 9595 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 9596 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 9597 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 9598 Portability fixes for: 9599 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 9600 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 9601 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 9602 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 9603 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 9604 of Stoner Associates. 9605 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 9606 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 9607 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 9608 of Maryland. 9609 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 9610 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9611 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 9612 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 9613 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 9614 RISC/os. 9615 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 9616 at Chico. 9617 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 9618 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 9619 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 9620 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 9621 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 9622 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 9623 since this is intended only for internal use, the 9624 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 9625 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 9626 addresses when relaying internally. 9627 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 9628 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 9629 provided by Peter Wemm. 9630 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 9631 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 9632 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 9633 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 9634 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 9635 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 9636 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 9637 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 9638 names. 9639 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 9640 rather than letting them get "local configuration 9641 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 9642 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 9643 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 9644 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 9645 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 9646 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 9647 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 9648 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 9649 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 9650 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 9651 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 9652 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 9653 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 9654 of Georgia Tech. 9655 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 9656 Jim Murray of Stratus. 9657 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 9658 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 9659 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 9660 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 9661 the local name prepended. 9662 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 9663 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 9664 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 9665 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 9666 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 9667 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 9668 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 9669 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 9670 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 9671 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 9672 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 9673 :include: files and accounts that have shells 9674 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 9675 cause some .forward files that have worked 9676 before to start failing. 9677 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 9678 NEW FILES: 9679 src/Makefile.DGUX 9680 src/Makefile.Dynix 9681 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 9682 src/Makefile.Mach386 9683 src/Makefile.NetBSD 9684 src/Makefile.RISCos 9685 src/Makefile.SCO 9686 src/Makefile.SVR4 9687 src/Makefile.Titan 9688 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9689 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9690 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9691 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9692 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9693 makemap/Makefile.dist 9694 praliases/Makefile.dist 9695 96968.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9697 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9698 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9699 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9700 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9701 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9702 class of attack. 9703 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9704 in a few critical places. 9705 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9706 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9707 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9708 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9709 and High-Energy Physics. 9710 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9711 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9712 Eric Wassenaar. 9713 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9714 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9715 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9716 Wassenaar. 9717 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9718 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9719 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9720 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9721 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9722 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9723 these can have different values depending on which 9724 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9725 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9726 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9727 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9728 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9729 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9730 postmaster" case. 9731 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9732 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9733 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9734 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9735 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9736 Christopher Davis. 9737 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9738 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9739 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9740 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9741 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9742 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9743 97448.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9745 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9746 addresses that get return-receipts. 9747 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9748 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9749 and end up sending the message several times. 9750 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9751 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9752 four hours". 9753 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9754 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9755 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9756 Cornell University Medical College. 9757 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9758 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9759 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9760 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9761 Wassenaar. 9762 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9763 connections fail during message collection. From 9764 Eric Wassenaar. 9765 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9766 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9767 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9768 Stratus. 9769 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9770 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9771 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9772 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9773 by non-root users were not put into 9774 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9775 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9776 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9777 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9778 could get confused as to whether a database was 9779 open or not. 9780 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9781 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9782 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9783 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9784 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9785 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9786 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9787 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9788 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9789 97908.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9791 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9792 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9793 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9794 propagated to the queue file. 9795 97968.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9797 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9798 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9799 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9800 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9801 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9802 header files but don't have the syscall. 9803 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9804 if trymx == FALSE. 9805 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9806 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9807 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9808 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9809 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9810 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9811 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9812 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9813 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9814 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9815 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9816 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9817 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9818 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9819 Kanbe. 9820 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9821 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9822 Wisner of The Well. 9823 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9824 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9825 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9826 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9827 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9828 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9829 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9830 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9831 read permission. 9832 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9833 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9834 MX suppression will still work. 9835 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9836 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9837 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9838 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9839 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9840 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9841 Nakamura. 9842 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9843 "CX $Z" works. 9844 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9845 trying to send the original message if the connection 9846 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9847 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9848 by John Myers of CMU. 9849 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9850 term bug. 9851 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9852 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9853 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9854 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9855 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9856 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9857 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9858 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9859 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9860 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9861 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9862 level. 9863 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9864 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9865 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9866 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9867 address. 9868 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9869 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9870 Harvey Mudd College. 9871 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9872 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9873 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9874 their full name information. 9875 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9876 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9877 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9878 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9879 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9880 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9881 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9882 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9883 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9884 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9885 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9886 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9887 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9888 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9889 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9890 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9891 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9892 names. 9893 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9894 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9895 helpful. 9896 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9897 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9898 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9899 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9900 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9901 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9902 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9903 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9904 that claims to be itself works properly. 9905 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9906 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9907 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9908 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9909 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9910 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9911 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9912 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9913 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9914 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9915 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9916 scratch. 9917 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9918 true address to still send to the original address 9919 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9920 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9921 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9922 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9923 more trouble than it was worth. 9924 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9925 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9926 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9927 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9928 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9929 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9930 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9931 the queue. 9932 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9933 messages don't come out with stale information. 9934 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9935 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 9936 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 9937 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 9938 Myers of CMU. 9939 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 9940 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 9941 Corrigan. 9942 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 9943 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 9944 sender address. 9945 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 9946 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 9947 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 9948 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 9949 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 9950 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 9951 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 9952 that does bulk data transfer). 9953 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 9954 Amir Plivatsky. 9955 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 9956 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 9957 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 9958 bogus config files that were not caught. 9959 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 9960 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 9961 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 9962 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 9963 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 9964 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 9965 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 9966 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 9967 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 9968 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 9969 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 9970 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 9971 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 9972 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 9973 opened or if running with no database format defined. 9974 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 9975 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9976 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 9977 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 9978 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 9979 Melbourne. 9980 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 9981 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 9982 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 9983 to match regular entries. 9984 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 9985 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 9986 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 9987 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 9988 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 9989 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 9990 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 9991 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 9992 error message so that the "subject" line of return 9993 messages is the best possible. 9994 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 9995 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 9996 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 9997 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 9998 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 9999 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 10000 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 10001 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 10002 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 10003 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 10004 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 10005 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 10006 on the address. 10007 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 10008 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 10009 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 10010 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 10011 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 10012 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 10013 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 10014 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 10015 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 10016 addresses in any detail. 10017 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 10018 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 10019 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 10020 with an address such as "!foo". 10021 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 10022 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 10023 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 10024 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 10025 Bret Marquis. 10026 100278.5/8.5 1993/07/23 10028 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 10029 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 10030 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 10031 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 10032 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 10033 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 10034 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 10035 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 10036 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 10037 Nakamura. 10038 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 10039 are no DNS records matching the name. 10040 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 10041 original message was received ... from localhost". 10042 The correct original host information is now included. 10043 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 10044 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 10045 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 10046 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 10047 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 10048 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 10049 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 10050 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 10051 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 10052 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 10053 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 10054 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 10055 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 10056 100578.4/8.4 1993/07/22 10058 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 10059 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 10060 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 10061 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 10062 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 10063 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 10064 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 10065 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 10066 are really configuration errors. This option is 10067 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 10068 UIUC sendmail. 10069 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 10070 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 10071 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 10072 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 10073 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 10074 by Neil Rickert. 10075 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 10076 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 10077 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 10078 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 10079 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 10080 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 10081 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 10082 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 10083 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 10084 of dickering with error handling (see below). 10085 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 10086 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 10087 humans. 10088 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 10089 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 10090 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 10091 repaired). 10092 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 10093 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 10094 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 10095 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 10096 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 10097 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 10098 connection rather than sending QUIT. 10099 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 10100 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 10101 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 10102 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 10103 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10104 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 10105 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 10106 core dumps on some machines. 10107 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 10108 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 10109 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 10110 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 10111 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 10112 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 10113 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 10114 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 10115 some true error conditions. 10116 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 10117 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 10118 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 10119 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 10120 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 10121 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 10122 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 10123 by Motonori Nakamura. 10124 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 10125 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 10126 caused error messages to be handled differently during 10127 a queue run than a direct run. 10128 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 10129 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 10130 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 10131 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 10132 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 10133 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 10134 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 10135 restart it. 10136 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 10137 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 10138 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 10139 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 10140 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 10141 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 10142 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 10143 is appropriately functional. 10144 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 10145 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 10146 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 10147 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 10148 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 10149 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 10150 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 10151 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 10152 Technologies. 10153 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 10154 process group id. The original fix was to get around 10155 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 10156 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 10157 different from the process id. I could try to fix 10158 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 10159 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 10160 things. 10161 Portability changes: 10162 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 10163 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 10164 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 10165 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 10166 of Colorado. 10167 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 10168 help other strict ANSI compilers. 10169 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 10170 Corporation. 10171 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 10172 documentation apparently doesn't define 10173 __STDC__ by default). 10174 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 10175 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 10176 Motonori Nakamura. 10177 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 10178 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 10179 several people have made a good argument that this 10180 creates more problems than it solves (although this 10181 may prove painful in the short run). 10182 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 10183 format. 10184 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 10185 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 10186 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 10187 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 10188 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 10189 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 10190 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 10191 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 10192 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 10193 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 10194 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 10195 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 10196 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 10197 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 10198 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 10199 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10200 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 10201 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 10202 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 10203 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 10204 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 10205 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 10206 environments. Ugly as sin. 10207 102088.3/8.3 1993/07/13 10209 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 10210 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 10211 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 10212 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 10213 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 10214 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 10215 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 10216 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 10217 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 10218 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 10219 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 10220 "user friendly". 10221 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 10222 16 bytes/sec. 10223 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 10224 compatibility library. This also adds a new 10225 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 10226 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 10227 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 10228 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 10229 for quick test cases. 10230 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 10231 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 10232 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 10233 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 10234 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 10235 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 10236 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 10237 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 10238 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 10239 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 10240 From Michael Corrigan. 10241 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 10242 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 10243 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10244 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 10245 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 10246 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 10247 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 10248 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 10249 Christophe Wolfhugel. 10250 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 10251 102528.2/8.2 1993/07/11 10253 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 10254 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 10255 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 10256 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 10257 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 10258 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 10259 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 10260 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 10261 from Bill Wisner. 10262 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 10263 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 10264 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 10265 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 10266 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 10267 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 10268 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 10269 match the other flags in that file. 10270 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 10271 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 10272 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 10273 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 10274 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 10275 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 10276 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 10277 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 10278 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 10279 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 10280 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 10281 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 10282 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 10283 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10284 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 10285 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 10286 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 10287 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 10288 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 10289 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 10290 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 10291 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 10292 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 10293 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 10294 the root and directories leading up to your home); 10295 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 10296 be owned by you. 10297 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 10298 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 10299 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 10300 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 10301 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 10302 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 10303 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 10304 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 10305 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 10306 is separate; this is just intended to work around 10307 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 10308 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 10309 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 10310 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 10311 matching without a null it never tries again with a 10312 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 10313 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 10314 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 10315 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 10316 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 10317 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 10318 it adapts. 10319 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 10320 will insert the appropriate full name information; 10321 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 10322 way. 10323 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 10324 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 10325 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 10326 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 10327 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 10328 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 10329 only happen when there has been another error in the 10330 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 10331 by default in conf.h. 10332 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 10333 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 10334 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 10335 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 10336 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 10337 This output is not intended to be particularly human 10338 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 10339 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 10340 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 10341 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 10342 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 10343 See cf/README for an example. 10344 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 10345 sites that don't use the -d flag. 10346 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 10347 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 10348 has been requested by several people, but can break 10349 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 10350 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 10351 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 10352 broken. Use it sparingly. 10353 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 10354 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 10355 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 10356 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 10357 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 10358 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 10359 Bill Wisner of The Well. 10360 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 10361 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 10362 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 10363 103648.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 10365 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 10366 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 10367 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 10368 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 10369 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 10370 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 10371 103728.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 10373 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 10374 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 10375 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 10376 103778.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 10378 Another mailertable fix.... 10379 103808.1/8.1 1993/06/07 10381 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 10382